Rotorcraft Flight Manual Optional Equipment Supplements

Al09S RFM OES
Document No
109G0040A014
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
SUPPLEMENTS
Agusta Publlcatlon Code 502700501
-Agustawestland
A Finmeccanica Company
BRAZILIAN
ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
SUPPLEMENTS
Document No. 109G0040A014
Approved by EASA on behalf of ANAC
Thls Rotorcraft Flight Manual is approved by EASA wlth Letter No.

EASA D(2006)CPROIMMA152347 dabd 6 Semmber 2006 on
b h a l of Ag6~cfaNaclonal de A v i a w for ~ k l l l a reglrtered
n
rotorcrafts In accordance wlth the "Regulamentos Braslklros do
Homologaflo Aeronautican(RBHA) Palt 21, Section 2129.
Copy assigned to rotorcmfk SN 22056

...................................
Reglstrcltion Marks: ...................................................
ISSUE 1: 16 NOVEMBER 2005

REVISION 6: 27 SEPTEMBER 2007
M I S DOCUMENT MUST BE CARRIED IN AIRCRAFT AT ALL TIMES 1
Issued by Agusta S.p.A.

ROTORCRAFT
FLIGHT MANUAL
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
SUPPLEMENTS
Document No. 109G0040A014
ISSUE 1: 1 JUNE 2005

REVISION 6: 12 FEBRUARY 2007
Issued by Agusta S.p.A.

This publication contains information proprietary to the Agusta S.p.A.
Reproduction andlor resale of the information or illustrations contained
1 n herein is not permitted without the written approval of VDG CUS-
TOMER SUPPORT - Customer Support Engineering Dept.
Additional copies of this publication andlor change service may be
obtained from:
AGUSTA S.p.A.
VDG CUSTOMER SUPPORT
Customer Support Engineering Department
Via per Tomavento, 15
21019 Somma Lombardo (VA) - ltalia
Tel.: 0039-0331711345 - Fax.: 0039-0331711184
e-mail: gestpubs@agustawestland.com
AlODS RFM List of R.virlocu
Optional Equipment Supplemonts
Document N010900040A014
LIST OF REVISIONS
Added Supplement 12. EASA.R.A.01369

dated 27 September 2007
6 Revised pages Mle page, A-1, El, EASAAppmed on behalf
Supplement 6 and Supplement 14. of ANAC with approval
EASA.RJ101369
EASA Appr0v.d
on behalf of ANAC
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
A109s RFM List of Revisions
Optional Equipment Supplements
Document N*109GOMOA014
LIST OF REVISIONS
e Certificate Da
A-1, B-1 , 19 thru 26 of 28).
ix. xi and Supplement 7. EASA.R.C.02044

Added Supplement 12. dated 14 December 2006
6 Revised pages Title page, A-1, B-1, EASA Approval with
Supplement 6 and Supplement 14. EASA.R.C.01527
dated 12 February 2007
EASA Approved 0 1 4 6 4 5 A-1
I
List of Revisions AlOBS RFM
Optional Equipmmt Supplements
Document N e 1 0 B ~ A O 1 4
EASA Approved
A l W RFM List of Effadw Pages
Optional Equlpnwnt Suppkmenb
Document W10000040A014
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Note
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical
line in the outer margin of the page and the
approval revision number is printed in the
lower margin.
Note
The pink pages apply to ANAC registered
Al09S helicopters only and supersede the
corresponding pages of the Optional Equip-
ment Supplements. The holders of the
Optional Equipment Supplements who are
affected shall place the attached pages in
front of the corresponding pages of the
basic Optional Equipment Supplements.
Paw Revision No Pw@ Revlsion No

'Tie page 6
'A-1 6
'A-2 0
'El 6
'B-2 0
i thru viii 0
ix 5
X 0
xi 5
xii 0 Pink pages, ANAC only
U.t d E f k t l v o Pqes A I M RFM
opUolul-s--
Doanmnt N'10)00010A014

AlO9S RFM List of Effective Pages
Document N'10900MOA014

Note
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical
line in the outer margin of the page and the
approval revision number is printed in the
lower margin.
Page Revision No Page Revision No

Title page 6
A-1 6
A-2 0
8-1 6
8-2 0
i thru viii 0
ix 5
X 0
xi 5
xii 0
List of Effective Page8 A1096 RFM
Wioncll E q u l m 8uppknwnts
Documont N 0 l ~ M ) 1 4

AlO9S RFM Table of Contents
Document N'109G0010A014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
LIST OF REVISIONS......................................................................
A-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES ........................................................ 6-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS .......................................................................I
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................... 111
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS.................................................................. IX
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INCOMPATIBILITY ..................................
XI
OlO(EO5 Page l
Table of Contents A l m s RFM
Optional Equlpnwnt Supphmnk
Document N 0 1 ~ A O 1 4
Page 11 0106-05
A I M S RFM introduction
Document N0109G0040A014
INTRODUCTION
rn
GENERAL
It is responsibility of the flight crew to be familiar with the contents of
this manual.
REVISIONS (REISSUES)
This manual is subject to revisions (reissues) which will be automati-
cally distributed to all holders of the manual. It is the responsibility of
the operator to assure that the revisions (reissues) are incorporated
into the manual upon receipt.
At the beginning of the manual there is the "List of Revised Pages"
table that shows all pages of the manual which have been revised as
well as number and approval reference of each revision.
n
REVISION SYMBOL
Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line on the outer margin of
the page, adjacent to the affected text and the revision is printed in the
lower inner margin. The revision symbol identifies the addition of new
information, a change of procedure, the correction of an error, or a
rewording of the previous information.
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
Temporary Revisions are issued when immediate data is to be
included in the manual. The Temporary Revision data can add to or
cancel the initial data in the manual. They are numbered progressively
for each section of the manual. Temporary Revision pages are not
written in the "Log of Pages". A complete list of active and inactive
Temporary Revision are written in the "List of Temporary Revisions"
page.
A1088 RFM
Optional Equlpnwnt Supplenwnh
Docuinont Nol09000U1A014
TERMINOLOGY
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES
An operating procedure, practice, etc.,

which, if not correctly followed andlor not
strictly observed, could result in personal
injury or loss of life.
An operating procedure, practice, etc.,

which, if not correctly followed andlor not
strictly observed, could result in damage to,
or destruction of, equipment.
Note
An operating procedure, condition, etc., which is essential
to highlight.
USE OF PROCEDURAL WORDS

The concept of procedural word usage and intended meaning which
has been adhered to in preparing this RFM is as follows:
'Shalln or "Must" have been used only when application of a proce-
dure is mandatory.
'Should" has been used only when application of a procedure is rec-
ommended.
'May" has been used only when application of a procedure is optional.
"Will" has been used only to indicate futurity, never to indicate a man-
datory procedure.
"Condition" has been used to determine if the item under examination
presents external damage which could jeopardize its safe operation.
Page k 010 8 4 5
AlOBS RFM introduction
Document N'10900040A014
* "Secured has been used to determine if the item under examination

is correctly locked; mainly referred to doors and disconnectable items.
"Security" has been used to determine if the item under examination
is correctly positioned and installed.
"Fly Attentive" has been used when the pilot needs to maintain close
control of the flight path using hands-on when required.
'Fly Manually" has been used when the pilot needs to directly control
the flight path using hands-on.
ABBREVIATION
The use of capital letters in the text, apart from normal grammatical
usage indicates the actual wording or marking of indicators, controls
or control positions on the helicopters.
Abbreviations and acronyms used throughout this RFM are defined as
follows:
n a.clAC
A/F
Alternating Current
Airframe
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
AD1 Attitude Data Indicator
AEO All Engines Operating
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
AGL Above Ground Level
ALS Ambient Light Sensor
AMLCD Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display
ATC Air Traffic Control
AWG Aural Warning Generator
CAS Calibrated Airspeed
n CCW CounterClockWise
CG Center of Gravity
COMM COMMunication
A l W RFM
Optiond Equlpmont Supplemont~
Document N@10900040A014
CPA Closest Point of Approach

CW Clockwise
d.clDC Direct Current
DAU Data Acquisition Unit
DF Direction Finder
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
EADl Electronic Attitude Data Indicator
EAPS Engine Air Particle Separator
ECS Environmental Control System
ECU Engine Control Unit
EDU Electronic Display Unit
EFlS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EHSl Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMM Engine Maintenance Manual
EMT Emergency Medical Transportation
FCU Fuel Computer Unit
FD Flight Director
GPS Global Positioning System
Hd Density altitude
HP Pressure Altitude
HYD HYDraulic
IAS Indicated Airspeed
ICS InterCommunicationSystem
IDS Integrated Display System
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
IGE In Ground Effect
ILS Instrument Landing System
Page vi 0 1 4 6 4 5
AlO8S RFM
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
(S lVSl InstantaneousVertical Speed Indicator

KCAS Calibrated AirSpeed in Knots
KlAS IndicatedAirSpeed in Knots
LCF Low Cycle Fatigue
LED Light Emitting Diode
LH Lefl Hand
LOC LOCalizer
MCL Master Caution Light
MCP Maximum Continuous Power
MFR Manufacturer
MGB Main Gear Box
MHz MegaHertz
.
h MKR Marker beacon
MWL Master Warning Light
N1 Gas generator turbine speed
N2 Power turbine speed
NAV NAVigation
NF Free turbine speed (= N2)
NG Gas generator speed (= N1)
NM Nautical Mile
NR Rotor speed
NVG Night Vision Goggle
OBS Omni-Bearing Selector
n OAT
OEl
Outside Air Temperature
One Engine Inoperative
OES Optional Equipment Supplements
OGE Out of Ground Effect
010605 P.p. vii

Introduction MOBS RFM
Optional Equlpnmnt Suppkment~
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4
PAM Power Assuranca Margin

PAX Passenger(s)
PLA Power Lever Angle (alias engine power lever)
PMS Power Management Switch (alias engine mode switch)
RA Radar Altimeter
RH Right Hand
ROC Rate Of Climb
ROD Rate Of Descent
SAS Stabilization Augmentation System
SYS SYStem
TA Traffic Advisory, Traffic Alert
TAS True Airspeed, Traffic Advisory System
TOP Take OR Power
TOT Turbine Outlet Temperature
TQ TorQue
TRQ ToRQue
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VG Vertical Gyro
VHF Very High Frequency
VIP Very Important Person
VLE Maximum landing gear extented speed
VLO Maximum landing gear operating speed
VNE Velocity Never Exceed

VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
Page Mil 0146-05

AlO9S RFM Introduction
Document N N . 1 ~ A 0 1 4
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
4- , The Rotorcraft Flight Manual Supplement for each optional equipment
must be carried in the helicopter whenever the optional equipment is
installed on the helicopter.
I I
Helicopter
Name of supplement
Supplement applicability
No.
1 Environmental Control 109-0813-50
System
I
2 Pulsed Chip Detector 109-081148 1 All
3 Searchlight
4 Supplementary Fuel
Tanks
5 Weather Radar - RDR 109-081147 All
2000 BENDIX KING
I I
6 Multifunction Display 109-0813-16 All

n KMD 550
Category A Operations -
I
All f
External Hoist
Primary Cargo Hook
10 Secondary Cargo Hook
11 Wire Strike Protection
System
12 Engine Air Particle
Separator
13 Moving Map System
Skyforce Observer MK I1 I
14 SkywatchTrafficAdvisory 109-0812-39 All
System SKY497
0146-05 Page lx
Rev. 5
Introduction "
Optional EquipmcMt Supplenwntr
Document Ne10000040A014
This Page Intentionally Lefi Blank

AIOSS RFM Introduction
Document N"l09G0040A014
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INCOMPATlBlLlTY

fi The following table shows the incompatibility of one or more optional
equipment when installed on board the helicopter.
016 6 6 5 Page XI
Rev. 5
A1OSS RFM
Optional Equi~tnentSuppkment~
DOc~n10lItN1
.-014
Page xll 01-06-05

AIMS RFM Supphent 1
lptional Equipment Supplements ECS
Document N ' 1 0 9 ~ A 0 1 4
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM

PIN 109-0813-50
This Supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

when the EnvironmentalContTol System (ECS) is installed.
The information contained herein supplements the information of the
basic Rotorcraft F l i i t Manual.
For limitations, proGedures and performance data not contained in this
supplement, consult the basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 16 NOVEMBER 2005

REVISION 2 :27 SEPTEMBER 2007
AlO9S RFM Supplement 1
Optional Equipment Supplements ECS
Document NO10900040A014

PIN 109-0813-50
This Supplement shall be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

@ when the Environmental Control System (ECS) is installed.
basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual.
For limitations, procedures and performance data not contained in this
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

REVISION 2 : 23 MAY 2006
RNISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue 1 CTA Approval with
Type Certificate No. 9003
dated 16 November 2005
1 Revised pages Title page, A-1 , El, EASA Approved on behalf
i thru iv and 1 thru 28 of 28. of ANAC with letter EASA
D(20as)CPROWS2374
2 Revised pages Mle page, A-1, 5 1 , EASA Approved on behalf
iv and 19 thru 26 of 28. of ANAC with approval
EASA.RA01369
Supplement I AlOOS RFM
Optiond Equlpmamt Supplements
Downnnt WOW0040A014

A109s RFM Supplement 1
Optlonal Equipment Supplements ECS
Document Ne109GOMOA014
LIST OF REVISIONS
RMSION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue 1 EASA Approval with
Type Certificate Data
Sheet (TCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
1 Revised pages Title page, A-1 , B-1. EASA Approval with
i thru iv and 1 thru 28 of 28. EASA.R.C.01481
dated 17 January 2006
2 Revised pages Title page, A-1, 8-1, EASA Approval with
iv and 19 thru 26 of 28. EASA.R.C.01715
dated 23 May 2006
EASA Approved
Supplement f Al09S RFM
ECS
EASA Approved
AlOBS RFM Supphnt1
Optional Equipment Suppkmenta ECS
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in the outer

margin of the page and the approval revision number is printed
in the lower margin.
NOTE: The pink pages apply to ANAC registered A109S helicopters

only and supersede the corresponding pages of the Optional
Equipment Supplements. The holders of the Optional Equip-
ment Supplements who are affected shall place the attached
pages in front of the corresponding pages of the basic
Optional Equipment Supplements. I
Page Revlslon N" page Revlslon No

7 i l e page 2
'8-2 0
i thm iii 1
iv 2
-
PART I EASA APPROVED
1 thm 18 of 28 1
19thm28of28 2
-
PART II MANUFACTURER'S DATA
27 and 28 of 28 1
Pink pages, ANAC only
Optional Equlpmont 8uppknwnt.
Documant NYoWO04OM14

Document N010900MOA014

.1c)

Title page 2
A-1 2
A-2 0
B-1 2
8-2 0
i thru iii 1
iv 2
-
1 thru 18of28 1
19 thru 26 of 28 2
-
27 and 28 of 28 1
010605 B-I
Supplement 1 AlO9S RFM
ECS Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Document Ne10SG0040A014

A l m s RFM Supplement 1
Document NO1 0900040A014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL.
-
SECTION 1 LIMITATIONS ................................................... 1 of 28
-
SECTION 2 NORMAL PROCEDURES
ENGINE PRESTART CHECK ........................................ 2 of 28
SYSTEM CHECK ...................................................................

2 of 28
OPERATIONAL CHECK ................................................... 2 of 28
TAKE-OFF ..............................................................................4 of 28
IN FLIGHT ..............................................................................4 of 28
ADVISORY CAPTION DEFINITIONS .................................... 4 of 28

-
SECTION 3 EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
ENGINE FAILURES ............................................................... 5 of 28

FAILURE OF ONE ENGINE ............................................ 5 of 28
FAILURE OF TWO ENGINES ........................................... 5 of 28
ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT .................................. 5 of 28
01-0g-05 1
Rev. 1
Supplement 1 AlOBS RFM
ECS Operational Equipment Suppieman@
Page
FlRE ........................................................................................ 5 of 28
ENGINE FlRE DURING START ........................................ 5 of 28
ENGINE FlRE IN FLIGHT.................................................. 6 of 28
SMOKE IN CABIN, TOXIC FUMES, ETC.......................... 6 of 28
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ... 6 of 28

-
SECTION 4 PERFORMANCE DATA
GENERAL ............................................................................... 7 of 28
HEIGHT-VELOCITY DIAGRAM ............................................. 12 of 28
FLY-AWAY MANOEUVRE ...................................................... 13 of 28
ii 010605
Rev. 1
-
Page
SECTION 6 -WEIGHT AND BALANCE ................................ 27 of 28

-
SECTION 7 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION ............................... 27 of 28
010805 iii
Rev. 1
Supplement I AIOSS RFM
ECS Operational Equlpment Supplement:
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
1 HOVER CEILING
Figure 4-1 Hover Ceiling - IGE at Take-Off Power
- AEO - ECS ON ...................................................8 of 28
Figure 4-2 Hover Ceiling - IGE at Maximum Continuous
Power - AEO - ECS ON ........................................9 of 28
Figure 4-3 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power
- AEO - ECS ON ................................................10 of 28
Figure 4-4 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Maximum Continuous
Power - AEO - ECS ON ......................................11 of 28
1 HEIGHT - VELOCITY DIAGRAM
Figure 4-5 - -
Height Velocity Diagram Chart A ....................15 of 28
Figure 4-6 - -
Height Velocity Diagram Chart B....................16 of 28
Figure 4-7 Height - Velocity Diagram - Chart C ...................17 of 28
I RATE OF CLIMB
Figure 4-8 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO -
- Gross Weight 2300 kg - ECS ON .....................19 of 28
Figure 4-9 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power - AEO
Figure 4-10 Rate of Climb at Takeoff Power - AEO
Figure 4-1 1 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power - AEO
Figure 4-12 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power
- AEO - Gross Weight 2300 kg - ECS ON ..........23 of 28
-
AEO - Gross Weight 2600 kg - ECS ON ..........24 of 28
-
- AEO) - Gross Weight 2900 kg ECS ON .........25 of 28
- - -
AEO Gross Weight 3175 kg ECS ON ..........26 of 28
hr 010605
Rev. 2
Document N0lO9G0040A014
GENERAL
(r The Environmental Control System (ECS) PIN 109-0813-50 consists
of two bleed-air shut-off valves, one pressure and regulating shut-off
valve, pressure and temperature switches, air conditioning unit, out-
side air intake and exhaust duct, pilot and passenger area air outlets,
connecting ducts and tubing, a circuit switch and two control switches
to operate the shut-off valves. The ECS also comprises a cabin air
recirculating system. A selecting valve, to reduce the used bleed air,
can be selected by an economy mode selector switch.
Bleed air and outside air are fed into the air conditioning unit where a
temperature sensor, set by a control knob (electrically connected to a
temperature control system), determines the mixing ratio and the
extent to which the air is then cooled to produce the desired tempera-
ture.
The system is provided with an overtemperature switch.
Note
When the economy mode selector switch is
in ECON position the quantity of bleed air
from the engines is less.
-
SECTION 1 LIMITATIONS
No change.
EASA Approved 014605 Page 1 of 28

Rev. 1
Supplement 1 A l M RFM
ECS Optional Equipment Supplements
Document N~10000040A014
-
ENGINE PRESTART CHECK

ECS switch : OFF
SHUT-OFF #switch
I :OFF
SHUT-OFF #2 switch : OFF
SYSTEM CHECK
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATIONAL CHECK

The operational check may be accomplished at this time or at any time
that environmental control system is desired.
NR I N2 : Check stabilized 100%.
ECS switch :ON.
Confirm no airflow from the out-
lets.
ECON INORM selector switch : Set to NORM.
SHUT-OFF # I switch : ON.
Confirm airflow from outlets,
then set to OFF.
SHUT-OFF #2 switch : ON.
Confirm airflow from outlets.
TEMP CONT knob : Set to MIN.
Confirm cool airflow from out-
lets.
Page 2 of 28 010805 EASA Approved

I Rev. 1
Optional Equlpment Supplements ECS
Note
Condensation may be visible from the out-
lets when the humidity is high.
Engine temperatures (TOT) : Check within limits.
ECON INORM selector switch : Set to ECON.
Observe TOT decrease.
Then set to NORM.
TEMP CONT knob : Set to MAX (by turning clock-
wise) and observe that the tem-
perature of the airflow from the
outlets increases.
ECS switch : OFF.
Confirm airflow shuts-off.
SHUT-OFF #and
I #2 switches : OFF.
n
Disengage ECS when:
1. The air flow does not shut-off when ECS
switch is OFF. Operate the shut-off
switches.
2. The ECS switch trips. Operate the shut-
off switches.
3. The air flow does not shut-off when
SHUT-OFF # 1, # 2 switches are OFF.
Operate the ECS switch.
EASA Approved 01-08-05 Page 3 of 28

Rev. 1 I
Supplement 1 A109s RFM
ECS Optional Equipment Supphwnts
Document Ne10Q00040A014
TAKE-OFF
If ECS operation is desired:
SHUT-OFF # I and #2 switches : ON

ECS switch : ON.
TEMP CONT knob : As desired.
ECONINORM selector switch : As desired.
IN FLIGHT
If ECS operation is desired:
SHUT-OFF # I switch : ON.
ECS switch :ON.
TEMP CONT knob : As desired.
ECON INORM selector switch :As desired.
ADVISORY CAPTION DEFINITIONS

CAS Caption (Green) System State
ECS ON Environmental Control System (ECS)
switched ON.
Page 4 of28 010695 EASA Approved

Rev. 1
Al09S RFM Supplement 1
-
rn PROCEDURES
ENGINE FAILURES
FAILURE OF ONE ENGINE
ECS switch : OFF.

SHUT-OFF # I and #2 switches : OFF.
FAILURE OF TWO ENGINES

ECS switch : OFF.
SHUT-OFF #and
m
ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT
Before attempting a restart:
ECS switch : Check OFF.

SHUT-OFF # I and #2 switches : Check OFF.
FlRE
ENGINE FlRE DURING START
ECS switch : OFF.

SHUT-OFF #and
n
EASA Approved 01.0645 Page 5 of 28

Rev. 1 I
Document N'lWGOO4OAO14
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT
ECS switch :OFF.

SMOKE IN CABIN, TOXIC FUMES, ETC
ECS switch :OFF.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If a malfunction in the ECS controls occurs, deactivate the system as follows:
ECS switch : OFF.

SHUT-OFF #and
Proceed with flight, correct problem before next flight.
I =
Rev. 1
pwe 01-=
EAsA Approved
AlWS RFM Supplement I
Document NO1WGW4OA014
1
I
1 -
I P+
GENERAL
The maximum power available with the ECS operating is less than
that available with the helicopter in basic configuration.
This power loss is caused by the compressor bleed-air used for the
ECS.
Performance charts with the ECS switched ON are provided for all
engines operative.
During single engine operation the ECS must be switched OFF.
Performance with the ECS switched OFF is the same as that shown in
the basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual.

Rev. 1 I
A109s RFM
Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Docunmnt Ne10900040A014
HOVER CEIUNG IN GROUND EFFECT

TAKE-OFF POWER M O
ROTOR 8PEEDAWK
ZERQWWO
WHEEL HEIQWT:3fi
ELECTRlCALLO*D:1(10ATOTU
Emow
GROSS WEIGHTpbx 1001
GROSS WEIGHT Fg x 1001

1- ICN~~16W000-M1aMmOl-A~1
-
Figure 4-1 Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power
-
AEO ECS ON-
Page 8 of 28 014 6 4 5 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Document N'109GW4OA014
HOVER CEILING IN GROUND EFFECT

MAXIMUM COHnNUOW POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:lmX ELECTRICALWAD: 160 A TOTU

ZERO WlND ECS ON
H E E L HElQHW 11
-
Figure 4-2 Hover Ceiling IGE at Maximum Continuous Power
-
AEO ECS ON -
EASA Approved 0 1 0 6 0 5 Page 9 of 28
Rev. 1
Document N'l0900040A014
HOVER CEIUNG OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:IOZ%
-WIND
ELECrWCIL LOAD: 160 A TOTU
EM) ON
CAUTION: OQE HOVER OPERATIONL U Y RESULT IN VIOLATION OF ti-V
--
Figure 4-3 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power
AEO ECS ON
Page10 of28 0146-05 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Document N'109GOO4OA014

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEELlmY ELECTRICAL LOM: 160 A TOTAL

ZERO WIND Ecs ON
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION YAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF WV.
GROSS WEIGHTpbx 1Wj
-
Figure 4 4 Hover Ceiling OGE at Maximum Continuous Power
-
AEO ECS ON -
Rev. 1
ECS Optlonal Equlpnwnt Supplements
Document N010SG0040A014
HEIGHT-VELOCITY DIAGRAM
(Figures 4-5 to 4-8)
The Height-Velocity diagram is used to establish if, in the event of a
single engine failure during take-off, landing or other operations near
the surface, a combination of airspeed and height above ground exists
for which a safe single engine landing on a smooth, level and hard
surface cannot be assured (dangerous zone).
The Height-Velocity diagram is split in three charts (Charts A, B and C).
Chart A
Chart A (Figure 4-5) defines a transfer value, as a function of weight,
altitude and temperature, and defines the use of Chart B (Figure 4-6)
or Chart C (Figure 4-7), if entering respectively, in Area 1 or Area 2.
Charts 6 and C
Charts B and C define the shape of the H-V curve. The H-V shape is
obtained by joining the high hover point (HH), determined by entering
the appropriate chart with the pressure altitude, OAT and transfer
value, with the fixed points KN = 40 W30 kts and LH = 10 fVO kts.
Chart B is applicable to Hd below 7000 R (Area 1 of Chart A).
Chart C is applicable to Hd from 7000 R to the altitude limit, which is
14,000 Hp or 14,000 Hd whichever comes first. (Area 2 of Chart A).
Yellow Area of Chart B and C

Combination of weightlaltitudeltemperature at which the shape of the H-V
curve is fixed by LH = 10 WO kts, KN = 40 W30 kts, HHf = 80 WO kts.
NO H-V AREA (Green area of Chart 6 and C)

Combination of weightlaltitudeltemperatureat which no H-V curve exists.
Note
The height-velocity diagram does not define
the conditions which assure continued flight
following an engine failure nor the conditions
from which a safe power-off landing can be
made.
Page 12 of 28 01-08-05 EASA Approved

Rev. 1
Optlonai Equipment Supplements ECS
Document N'lO9G0040A014
FLY-AWAY MANOEUVRE
I
I
Fly-away is the manoeuvre that, in case of an engine failure occurring
in hovering out of ground effect at High Hover point (HH) plus 20 R,
allows enough height to gain a suitable speed for a single engine flight
condition with a ground clearance of 10 R.
Fly-away Height Calculation

Whenever the Height-Velocity diagram exists, it is possible to suc-
cessfully carry out a fly-away manoeuvre by adding 20 R to the High
Hover point (HH) of the H-V curve.
In all other conditions with NO H-V AREA, it is possible to complete a
fly-away manoeuvre from a minimum height of 80 R.
EASA Approved 014 6 4 5 Page 13 of 28

Rev. 1
Document Ne1000M)40A014
Pago 14 of28 014605

Rev. 1
HEEGHT-VELOCTTY
CHART A
-
Figure 4-6 ~;lpl(t -lty -
DIagnrn Chart A
ECS ON
I i b r s s ROVBI
- -
Flgum 4 4 Height Wociiy Dlagrum Chart B
suepkmmt1
ECS
HEIGHT-VUOCm
ECS ON CHART c
I
-
Figure 4-7 ~ e i ~ hWlocfty
t -
Dlagmm Chart C
This Page tntentionalty Left Blank
I
Document N0l09G0040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: IOOX
7s AS, DECREASE 2 ICIEACH IWQnABOVE IOWOn
ELECmCAL LOAD: 150 A TOTIL

ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB [m/s]

4 6 8 10 12 14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 1 8 2 0 2 2 2 4 26 28 3 0 3 2
RATE OF CLIMB [(Vmln x 1001
1- ICNOB-A-l56000G-M1~AoS-l
Figure 4-8 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO

-Gross Weight 2300 kg ECS ON - -
Rev. 2
ECS
RATE OF CUM6
TAKE OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: IOOK E L E C T W C A L L O ~1 8 Q A T O T U
m KUS DECREASE 2 nmcn 1000 nABOVEloooon WON

- -
Gross Weight 2600 kg ECS ON
Rev. 2
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE O R POWER AEO
ROTOA SPEED:100% ELECTRICALLOAD: 180 A T O T U
7s-1 DECRWEZ tti EACH 1000fl ABOVE 1000011 ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB [mk]
RATE OF CLIMB [ M l n x 100)

piiGGzq ICNOBS~~~W~~-M)~--A~~

-
Gross Weight 2900 kg ECS ON -
EASA Approved 0146-05 Page 21 of 28
Rev. 2
Document N'lOBG0040A014
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: lOOY ELECTUCAL LOID: ISOA ~ T L
m~~~~~c~~~~2nmcnirnon~eov~iwoon mow
RATE OF CLIMB[mls]
RATE OF CUM6 [ M l n x lag

piGGGq 1 ~ 1 1 4 ~ - ~ - 1 ~ l ~ r n l

-
Page 22 of 28 0146.05 EASA Approved
Rev. 2
A I M S RFM Supplement 1
Document N'l0900MOA014
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED:IOOX ELECTRICAL LOM: 160 A TOTAL
75 KIS, DECREASE 2 EACH 1000 ABOVE I D ~ ~ I I ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB [1Vmln x 1001

1p&GiLF ICNOB-A-16MWQ-Mi-AO91
Figure 4 1 2 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO -

-
Rev. 2
Supplement 1 AlOgS RFM
ECS Optional Equipment Suppiamnts
RATE OF CUMB
MAXIMUM COMlNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: loOK ELECTRICUW~I S O A T O T U
76 KUB, DECREASE 2 kt EACH 1000 R ABOVE lDOOOR ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB[I&]
RATE OF CUMB [flhin x 1001

-[ ICNQB-A-l66m00M1'2&WDlDAOSl
Figure 413 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO

-
-
Pago 24 of28 014805 EASA Approved
Rev. 2
AlOgS RFM Supplement 1
Document NO1 09GOCUOA014
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 1- E L E C W U LOAD: lm A TOTU
7!5 WAS, DECREASE2 kl EACH 1000 fl ABOVE IWfl ECS ON
ICN-OBA-166WW-M1Mll.~t
piiGzEz
Figure 4 1 4 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO
-
Gross Weight 2900 kg ECS ON - -
Rev. 2
Supplement 1 A l m s RFM
Document N * l ~ A 0 1 4
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPED: 100X ELECTRCALLOIS: IW A ~ T M
MKU8,DECR~ZldEICH100011000100IOWO(t EC80W
Figure 4-15 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO

-
-Gross Weight 3175 kg ECS ON
-
Page 26 of 28 0146-05 EASA Ap-d
Rev. 2
I A109s RFM
Supplement 1
ECS
Document NO109G0040A014
-
SECTION 6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE
I) Nochange.
-
SECTION 7 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
Refer to the basic A109S RFM.
0146-05 Page 27 of 28
Rev. 1 I
ECS Optional Equipment Suppiemants
Page 28 d 28 010805
Rev. 1
AIWS RFM Supplement 2
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Pulsed Chlp
Document N'l OSG0040A014 Detector
PULSED CHIP DETECTOR

PIN 109-0811-48

8- when the Pulsed Chip Detector is installed.
supplement, consult the basic Rotorcrafl Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

Optional Equipment Supplements Pulsed Chip
Document N0l0900040A014 Detector
LIST OF REVISIONS
RMSION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
Sheet (TCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
EASA Approved
Supplement 2 A109S RFM
Pulwd Chip Optional Equipment Supplements
DebCtor Document N'10900040A014
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements Pulsed Chlp
Document NO10900040A014 Detector

Page Revision No Page Revision N"

Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i and ii 0
-
1 thru 6 of 6 0
Pulsed Chip Optional Equipment Supplements
Detector Document N'10000040A014

Optlonai Equipment Supplements Pulsed Chip
Document N'l09GW40A014 Detector
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 6
-
SECTION 2 - NORMAL PROCEDURES.............................. 1 of 6
SECTION 3 - EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION

PROCEDURES
MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES ........................................ 2 of 6

ENGINE OIL CHIP DETECTOR ........................................ 3 of 6
MAIN GEARBOX CHIP DETECTOR ................................. 4 of 6
TAIL GEARBOX CHIP DETECTOR .................................. 5 of 6
-
SECTION 4 PERFORMANCE DATA ................................... 6 of 6
Pulsed Chip Optional Equipment Supplemnb
Debaor Document N'10000040A014

Optional Equipment Supplements Pulsed Chlp
Document NO109GOMOA014 Detector
GENERAL
fi The Pulsed chip detector PIN 109-0811-48, consists of a system
which enables the pilot to bum particles which are deposited on the
chip detectors of the engines, the main transmission and the tail rotor
gearbox.
The presence of particles in the main transmission and the tail rotor
gearbox are pointed out by the activation on EDUI of the XMSN OIL
CHlP and TGB OIL CHlP caution messages respectively, while the
#1(2) OIL CHlP caution message displayed indicates the presence of
particles in the associated engine oil.
The pilot can bum the particles by means of the CHlP BURNER push-
button located on the overhead panel.
-
n No change.
-
No change.

Puked Chlp Optlonal EaulpmentSupplements
Detector
-
PROCEDURES
MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES
Caution message Page FailurelSystem State

#1(2) OIL CHlP 3 Presence of metal particles in associ-
ated engine oil.
XMSN OIL CHlP I Presence of metal particles in the
main gearbox oil.
TGB OIL CHlP i Presence of metal particles in the tail
rotor gearbox oil.
A maximum of 3 chip bumer activations are per-

mitted per flight to clear chip caution. Appropri-
ate log book entry must be made for each
message activation.
If chip bumer activation has been recorded,

perform maintenance action as per applica-
ble Maintenance Manual before next flight.

AlOgS m
Optional Equlpmmt S u p p h n b
Document N'tOWOWOAO14
ENGINE OIL CHlP DETECTOR
C t(2) OIL GH
P m e e of metal particks in associated engine oil.
No
Shutdown afhctd englm.
YES
I
Advat@CHIP BURNER switch
mwnsntarily and r a w
I
1chip caution remains
madhate CHlP BUIWER.
See CAUTION Wow,
I
Shuldown afbctd snglnm.
I
Land an soon a#
practkabk
A maximum of 3 chip burner actfvations are per-

mitted per lfightto dear chip mution.
MAlN GEARBOX CHIP DEfECTOR
I
Presence of partides in main m m n k i o n oil.
-
I
I f c
IM p ~ ~ m ~
Adopt mlnimum
mspesd*
mactbte CHIP BURNER.
Sue CAUTION blow. t
Land as soam as
A maxhnum of 3 cMp burner a d w h n s are per-

mitted per flight ta cWr chip mulion.
TAIL GEARBOX CHlP DETECTOR
Presence of metal p a ~ ' e in

s tail rotor warbox oil.
I
Shutdown mglnes. I
Aetlvate CHlP BURNER switch
mornmntarlly and release.
I
If chlp cautlon remains
madivato CHlP BURNER
Sw CAUTION below.
Adopt mlnlmum
P-8I-d.
Proceed wm I
Land as soon as
Right.
pmdcable
A maximum of 3 chip burner activations are per-

mitted p r flight to dear chip caution.
-
P " k chip
-
No change.
A i m RM
O p t l o ~Equlpinent
l Supplements
DoFumnt Naf-A014
SEARCHLIGHT
PM 10908114 6

when the Searchlight is installed.
The information contained herein supplements the informatron of the
basic Rotorcraft Right Manual.
For limbtions, procedures and performance data not contained in this
supplement, consutt the basic RotorcraA Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

A1OM RFM
apttonal E q u l w S u p p h m t s
D o c u m W100M1040AD14
LIST OF REVISIONS
RMSION
SUWECT APPROVAL
No.
Type Certikate Data
Sheet VCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
This Page lnhtionally Left Blank
A i m RFM
O p t l o ~Equlpnmnt
l Supphmnb
h u m e n t Nml0900010M114
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a Mack vertial line in the outer

in the tower margin.
Page Reuision No
Tdb page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
5 1 and B-2 0
iand il 0
-
I thru4d6 0
-
5and6of6 D
Alms RFM
optknrl Equipmsnt suw-
hwnntW0800040A014

A1099 RFM
Optional Equtpmnt Supplemerrt.
Doammt W D i ~ A 0 1 4
TABLE QF CQNTENT$
Page
-
GENERAL ........................................ .......... . . 1 Df 6
-
S-ECTlON t LIMITATIONS
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS(KIAS) ......................... .......,......

t of 6
SEARCHLIGMlNSTALUnONPM109-081i4 ..,..,..,..,...... ,.. 1of6
-
ENGiNE PRESTART CHECK ............................................... 2 of 6
IN FLGHT ............................................................................ 2 of 6
SEARCHLlGHT OPERATING PROCEDURE ................... 2 of 6
-
PROCEDURES ............................................................... 4 of 6
SECTION 4 - PERFORMANCE DATA ................................... 4 of 6

AlOM RFM
Opentl#lrl Equlprmnt s-b
Pocunslrt K10900010AOf4
-
PART I1 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
paw
-
SECTION 6 WEIGHT AND BALANCE ................................ 5 of 6
SECTION 7 - SYSTEMS DESCRIPTKlN............................... 5 of 6

A l M RFM
Optlad Equlpmnt SuppWents
0-nt W10904440A014
I GENERAL
The Searchlight installation PIN 109-0811-46 consists of a swinging
I
tight installed under the forward section of the helicopterfuselage. The
tight can be extended, stowed or swung as required by operating a
I switch on the collective grip.
-
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS (KIAS)
SEARCHLIGHT INSTALLATION PITJ 1094811146

Maximum speed for searchlight extensh ..............
...........I 35 KlAS
Maximum s p e d with searchlight extended,
..................................................
for orientation and retraction 150 KiAS
-
SECTION 2 NQRML PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT CHECKS
PILOTS PREFLIGHT CHECK
-
Arua NO2 (Fusmlage RH slde)
Searchlght :Condltlon and cleanliness.
ENGINE PRE-START CHECK

SRCH-CTL I SRCH-PWR drwit breakers : ON.
IN FLIGHT
Note
When operating Searchlight, magnetic com-
pass Indkatb Is not reliable.
Before p d l n g to an IFR flight, search-
light must be off.
SEARCHUGHT OPERATING PROCEDURE
The searchlight, consisting of a swinging

Light installed undw the forward seetion of
the helicopter fuselage, can lm extended,
stowed or swung as muid by operating a
switch on the c d l e d h grip.
EXTENSION
EXT I RETR I L I R swltch : EXT (to extend light in the
{on colledive grip) desired position).
ON I OFF I STOW switch
(on collective grip)
Noh
Wlth the swftch in OFF position the light
remains extinguished in the position where it
has been left.
EXT I RETR I L I R switch : Set as necessary.

Note
Mwing switch to L or R mition the search-
light rotates IefI or right. It is possible to
adjust the light in an intermediate position,
frwn stowed to extended, by temporarily
moving the switch to UCT w RETR position.
RETRACTION
ON I OFF I STOW switch :STOW then OFF.
(cflcoltecthre grip)
Note
In STOW position the light Is extinguished.
-
PROCEDURES
No change.
-
No change.
A I M RFM
Optlonet Equlpmon?Supplemenb
Document NafDBGQOIOM114
-
No change.
-
Refer to the basic A109s RFM.
suppkment 4
SuPP-nW
fuel Tanks
SUPPLEMENTARY FUEL TANKS

P/N 1094813132
This Supplement shall be attached to the AfO9S RFM (Section 5)

when the Supplementary Fuel Tanks are installed.
basic Rotorcraff Flight Manual.
For lirnitatbns, promlures and performance data not contained in this
supplement. consult the basic RotomaR Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

Optlonal Equipment Supplements Supplementary
Document NO108GMHOA014 Fuel Tanks
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
Sheet (TCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
EASA Approved
Supplement 4 A1OBS RFM
Supplementary Optlonal Equipment Supplements
F&ITanks Document N0109G0040A014
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Supplementary
Document N0109G0040A014 Fuel Tanks


Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i and ii 0
-
1 and 2 of 10 0
-
3thru 10of10 0
Supplement 4 A1OSS RFM
Supplementary Optional Equipment Supplements
F&I Tanb Document N0109G0040A014

Optional Equipment Supplements Supplementary
Document No10BGOMOAO14 Fuel Tanks
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 10
-
-
ENGINE PRESTART CHECK .............................................. 1 of 10
-
PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 2 of 10
-
-
PART I1 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
SECTION 6 -WEIGHT AND BALANCE
WEIGHTS, ARMS AND MOMENTS ......................................

3 of 10
LONGITUDINAL MOMENTS.............................................3 of 10
LATERAL MOMENTS........................................................ 7 of 10
-
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................................. 9 of 10
-
SECTION 8 HANDLING, SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE
SERVICING ........................................................................... 9 of 10
SII~dWnent4 AlO9S RFM
~ i p w h r y Operatbnal Equlpnwnt Supplement
F w l Tanks Documant Ne100G0040A0l4

Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Supplementary
Document NOl09GOMOA014 Fuel Tanks
GENERAL
The Auxiliary Fuel Tanks installation PIN 109-0613-32 provides an
>
additional 230 liters capacity. It consists of two tank cells (RH cell of
94 liters and LH cell of 136 liters) installed behind the three afl passen-
ger seats. However the installation can be arranged as follows:
- both LH and RH tank cells installed;
- only RH tank cell installed.
The fuel transfer from the auxiliary fuel tank cells to the main fuel cell
is by gravity. The two tank cells are separated by panels; each cell is
provided with a fuel level probe.
-
No change.
-

Fuel quantity : Check.
EASA Approved
Fuel Tanks Document N'l09GO040~014
SECTION 3 -EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION

PROCEDURES
No change.
-
No change.
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements Supplementary
Document Ne1MKiOMOA014 Fuel Tanks
-
n WEIGHTS, ARMS AND MOMENTS
LONGITUDINAL MOMENTS
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN TANKS PLUS SUPPLEMENTARY TANKS
WEIGHT CAPACITY STA MOMENT
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
(03 kgll)
20 25 3761 75220
40 50 3765 150600
60 75 3771 226260
80 100 3779 302320
100 125 3732 373200
120 150 3663 439560
140 175 3613 505820
160 200 3578 572480
180 225 3561 640980
200 250 3599 719800
220 275 3638 800360
240 300 3761 902640
260 325 3699 96 1740
280 350 3724 1042720
300 375 3745 1123500
320 400 3764 1204480
340 425 3781 1285540
Document N*l0SG0040A014
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN TANKS PLUS SUPPLEMENTARY TANKS
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
(088 kgll)
360 450 3796 1366560
380 475 3810 1447800
400 500 3823 1529200
420 525 3834 1610280
440 550 3844 1691360
460 575 3854 1772840
480 600 3863 1854240
500 625 3872 1936000
520 650 3880 2017600
540 675 3887 2098980
560 700 3894 2180640
580 725 3901 2262580
600 750 3907 2344200
620 775 3913 2426060
633.6 792 3917 2481811.2
Page 4 of 10 01-06-05
Document Ne109G0MOA014 Fuel Tanks
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN FUEL TANKS PLUS RH SUPPLEMENTARY
TANK ONLY
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
( 0 3 kg111
20 25 3761 75220
40 50 3765 150600
60 75 3771 226260
80 100 3779 302320
100 125 3732 373200
120 150 3663 439560
140 175 3613 505820
160 200 3578 572480
180 225 3561 640980
200 250 3599 719800
220 275 3645 801900
240 300 3685 884400
260 325 3719 966940
280 350 3748 1049440
300 375 3774 1132200
320 400 3796 1214720
340 425 3816 1297440
360 450 3834 1380240
380 475 3850 1463000
A109s RFM
Fuel Tanks Document No10900040A014
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN FUEL TANKS PLUS RH SUPPLEMENTARY
TANK ONLY
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
(098 kgll)
400 500 3865 1546000
420 525 3878 1628760
440 550 3890 1711600
460 575 3902 1794920
480 600 3912 1877760
500 625 3922 1961000
520 650 3931 2044120
524.8 656 3933 2064038.4
Page 6 of 10 014645
Optional Equlpment Supplements Supplementary
Document N'l OgG0040A014 Fuel Tanks
LATERAL MOMENTS
n
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN FUEL TANKS PLUS RH AUXILIARY TANK ONLY
WEIGHT CAPACITY BL MOMENT
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
(0,8 kgll)
20 25 0 0
40 50 0 0
60 75 0 0
80 100 0 0
100 125 0 0
120 150 0 0
140 175 0 0
160 200 0 0
180 225 0 0
200 250 0 0
220 275 10 2200
240 300 18 4320
260 325 24 6240
280 350 30 8400
300 375 35 10500
320 400 39 12480
340 425 42 14280
360 450 45 16200
AlO9S RFM
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Fuel Tanb Document N010000040A014
-
USABLE FUEL MAIN FUEL TANKS PLUS RH AUXILIARY TANK ONLY
WEIGHT CAPACITY BL MOMENT
(kg) (1) (mm) (kg mm)
(0*8kgll)
380 475 48 18240
400 500 50 20000
420 525 53 22260
440 550 54 23760
460 575 56 25760
480 600 57 27360
500 625 58 29000
520 650 59 30680
524.8 656 60 31488
AlO9S RFM Supplement4
Document N0109GOMOA014 Fuel Tanks
-
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
II)( Refer to the basic A1 09s RFM.
-
SECTION 8 HANDLING, SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE
SERVICING
AUXILIARY FUEL TANKS
RH fuel cell LH fuel cell
Capacity 94 liters 136 liters

Usable 94 liters 136 liters
010645 Page 9 of 10
AlO9S RFM
Fwl Tanks Document N*l0000040A014

A109S RFM Supplement 5
OpHonal Equlprnent Supplements Weather Radar
Document N010900MOA014 RDR 2000
WEATHER RADAR RDR 2000 -

BENDIX KING
PIN 109-0811-47
rhis Supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

(r when the Weather Radar - RDR 2000 Bendix King is installed.
basic Rotorcrafl Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

Optlonal Equipment Supplements Weather Radar
Document N 0 1 0 9 ~ A 0 1 4 RDR 2000
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVlSlON
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
Sheet (TCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
EASA Approved
Weather Radar
RDR ZOO0
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements Weathw Radar
Document N'lO9GOO4OA014 RDR 2000

m

Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
6-1 and B-2 0
i and ii 0
-
1 and2of4 0
-
3 and 4 of 4 0
AlO9S RFM
~ i i h eRadar
r Optional Equipment Supplements
RDR 2000

A1OSS RFM Supplement 5
Optional Equipment Supplements Weather Radar
Document N'109GOO4OAO14 RDR 2000
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. I of 4
-
SECTION I LIMITATIONS ................................................... 1 of 4
-
WEATHER RADAR OPERATION ........................................ 1 of 4
PROCEDURES
-
...................................................................... 3 of 4
rn -
Weather Radar Operational Equipment Supplement
RDR 2000 Docunnnt N ' l ~ A O 1 4
-
Page
-
A1WS RFM Supplement 5
Optional Equlpmnt Supplements Weather Radar
Document N'l WGOO4OA014 RDR 2000
GENERAL
rn The Weather Radar RDR 2000 Bendix King PIN 109-0811-47 consists
of a control panel, of an antenna and a transceiver on the forward part
of the helicopter nose.
The weather radar images are presented on EHSl of pilot and copilot
in the modes ARC WX - ARC WX + MAP VERT PROFILE.
-
No change.
-
The weather radar must not be used for

obstacle or terrain avoidance.
WEATHER RADAR OPERATION
Do not select radar function by using EFlS

soft key to avoid affecting the operational
logic of the radar system. Select radar func-
tion exclusively from the relevant radar con-
trol panel.
EASA Approved 010805 Page 1 d 4

Supplement 5 AIOQSRFM
Weather Radar Optional Equipment Supplements
RDR 2000 Document No10SG0040A014
When radar is selected in GMAP mode, the

GAIN value displayed on the EHSl is not
reliable.
The Weather Radar cannot be operated when the helicopter is on

ground: a microswitch connected to the main landing gear inhibits the
radar radiation even if the selector switch is in ON position.
Note
When the EFlS is installed, the TX FLT
(Transmission FauLT) message is shown in
the lower right corner of EHSl (if relevant
radar page is selected) if the helicopter is on
ground with radar selector in ON position.
Note
When SBY or TEST mode is selected the radar
does not radiate. As a precaution it is nevertheless
convenient to operate as follows:
- direct nose of helicopter such that antenna scan
sector is free of large metallic objects such as
hangars or other aircraft for a distance of 30 m
(100 ft) and tilt antenna fully upwards;
- avoid radar operation during refueling of helicopter
or other refueling operations within 30 m (100 R);
- avoid radar operation if personnel is standing too
dose in the 180 degree forward sector of the
helicopter.
Avoid to set the radar ON when there is per-

sonnel within 1,5 m (5 ft) from the radar
antenna.
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Weather Radar
Document N o 1 0 9 ~ A 0 1 4 RDR 2000
-
LI PROCEDURES
The Weather Radar image is not available if the EFlS is in Composite

mode.
-
No change.

Weather Radar Optknal Equipment Supplements
RDR 2000 Document N010900040A014
-
No change.
-
Refer to the basic A1 09s RFM.
AlOOS RFM Supplement 6
Optional Equlpment Supplements Multlfundon
Document Ne10900040A014 Display KMD 550
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
KMD 550
PIN 109-0813-16
This Supplement snali rn attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

when the Multifunction Display KMD 550 is instaled.
basic Rotorcraft flight Manual.
ISSUE : 16 NOVEMBER 2005

A I M RFM Supplement 6
Optional EqufpmentSupplements Muttifunctlon
Document N'10000040AO.14 Dhplay KMD 550
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
- Issue 1 CTA Approval with
Type Certificate No. 9003
dated 16 November 2005
1 Revised pages Title page, A-1 , B-1, EASA Appmved on behalf
1 and 2 of 4. of ANAC with approval
EASA.R.A.01369
EASA Approved 18-11-208s A-I

on behalf of ANAC
Suppknnnt 6 A109s RFM
MulUtunctlon Optlonnl Equlpmrnt Supplammtr
Dhphy KND 550 Dooumont K108QOWOM14
M A Approved
on M M o f ANAC
AlO9S RFM S U D D ~6 ~ O ~ ~
Optlonrl Equlpmnt Supplements ~uhnctlon
Document W l ~ A 0 1 4 Dhplry KMD 550

9 NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in the outer

Equipment Supplements. The holders of the Optional Equip
Optional Equipment Supplements.
Page Revision No Revision N'

'Tie page 1
'8-2 0
i 1
ii 0
-
1 and2of4 1
-
3and4of4 0
'Pink pages, ANAC only
Supplement 6 Alms RFM
Multltunction Optional Equipnmnt Suppkmurb
Dkplay KMD 560 DocumamN'18000040M)14

Optional Equlpment Supplements Multlfunctlon
Document N'l09G0040A014 Display KMD 550
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY
KMD 550
PIN 109-0813-16

I)r when the Multifunction Display KMD 550 is installed.
ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

REVISION 1 : 12 FEBRUARY 2007
Optional Equipment Supplements Multlfundlon
Document No109G0040A014 Dlsplay KMD 550
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
Issue 1 EASA Approval with
Sheet (TCDS) R.005
dated 01 June 2005
1 Revised pages Title page, A-1 , B-1, EASA Approval with
1 and 2 of 4. EASA.R.C.01527
EASA Approved 010605 A-I

Multltundbn Optlonal Equlptnent Supplements
Display KMD 550 Document N'l0000040A014
EASA Approved
I Optional Equipment Supplements Multifunction
Document N"109G0040A014 Display KMD 550
I
1 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

1 n

Title page 1
A-1 1
A-2 0
B-1 1
8-2 0
i 1
ii 0
-
1 and 2 of 4 1
-
3 and 4 of 4 0
Multifunction Optional Equlpment Supplements
Dbplay KMD 550 Document N010900040A014

Optional Equipment Supplement8 Multlfunctlon
Document N'10900040A014 Display KMD 550
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 4
SECTION 1 LIMITATIONS-
TYPE OF OPERATION .......................................................... 1 of 4
-
SYSTEM CHECK ................................................................... 1 of 4 1

IN FLIGHT .............................................................................. 2 of 4
-
PROCEDURES ...................................................................... 2 of 4
-
OlMiOS I
Rev. 1
Multifunction Operational Equipment Supplement!
Display KMD 550 Document N'10000040A014
-
Page
-
AlOSS RFM Supplement 6
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Multlfunctlon
Document N'lOgGOWAOl4 Dlsplay KMD 550
GENERAL
0h The KMD 550 PIN 109-0813-16 is a multifunction display system.
Basically the system is interfaced with an external GPS receiver for
moving map operation. The system is capable of displaying highly
detailed and scanned area maps.
The KMD 550 system with the TRFC function can be used as an aid to
visually acquire traffic (Refer to Supplement 14). I
-
TYPE OF OPERATION
The KMD 550 system can be used in VFR conditions only as a sup-
plemental navigation system.
The navigation must not be based on the KMD 550 system only.
The function associated with keys WX and TERR are not available in I
this installation.
-
SYSTEM CHECK
Note
Before switching on the system check func-
tionally of the relative GPS system.
KMD 550 : Turn the OFFION knob to ON
position and adjust brightness.
At the end of self-test, select
MAP function key and check for
valid GPS fix data. NO EXTER-
NAL GPS DATA advisory should
not be shown in the middle of the
display.

Rev. 1
Supplement 6 AlOSS RFM
Multlfundion Optlonel Equipment Supplements
Display KMD 550 Docummt No109G0040A014
IN FLIGHT
KMD 550 As required.
Note
If the GPS is lost at any time during normal
operation of the unit, the "NO EXTERNAL
GPS DATA" is overlaid on the map.
-
PROCEDURES
No change.
-
No change.
I Rev. 1 01-I
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements Multifunction
Document N'109GOMOA014 Display KMD 550
-
No change.
-
0146-05 Page 3 of 4
Supplemnt 6 AIOOS RFM
Multlfundlon Optlonal Equipmnt Supplements
Dkplay KMD 550 Document N 0 1 ~ O 1 4

AlOBS RFM Supplement 7
Optional Equipment Supplemente CAT A Operations
Document Ne109G0040A0l4
CATEGORY A OPERATIONS
This Supplement should be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

for Category A Operations (CAT A) and Category A Training Proce-
dures.

ISSUE :27 SEPTEMBER 2007

Optlonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Operations
CATEGORY A OPERATIONS
This Supplement should be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

n for Category A Operations (CAT A) and Category A Training Proce-
dures.
supplement, consult the basic Rotorcraff Flight Manual.
ISSUE : 27 SEPTEMBER 2006

REVISION 1 : 14 DECEMBER 2006
e
9; A1099 RFM Supplement 7
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
No.
SUWECT APPROVAL
- Issue 1 EASA Apprwed on behalf
of ANAC with approval
EASA.RA.01369
1 Revised pages Mle page, A-1 , E l , i, EASA Approved on behalf
and 1 thru 282 of 282. of ANAC with approval
EAsA.R.A.01369
Supplenwnt 7 AIOOS RFM
CAT A Opmtionr O p t b d Equlpnunt Suppkmntr
Documont N91QD00044A014

Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operations
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
EASA.R.C.01323
1 Revised pages Title page. A-1 , B-1, i, EASA Approval with
and 1 thru 282 of 282. EASA.R.C.02044
dated 14 December 2006
EASA Approved 27-09-06 A-I

CAT A Opetatlons Optional Equipment Supplements
EASA Approved
A1OSS RFM Supplanlent 7
0pHon.l Equipment Supplements CAT A Operations
Document N*iOW)iUOAOi4
NOTE: Revised text is Indicated by a black vertical line in the outer

NOTE: The pink pages apply to ANAC registered AlO9S helicopters

Page Revision No PWe Revision Ne

'Title page 1
'A-1 1
'A-2 0
'B-1 1
'8-2 0
i 1
ii 0
-
1 thru 282 of 282 1
' Pink pages, ANAC only

0)
I NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in the outer
I

Title page 1
A-I 1
A-2 0
B-1 1
B-2 0
i 1
ii 0
-
1 thru 282 of 282 1
CAT A Oprations Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Document N0109GO040A014

Document N ' l ~ A O l 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................1 of 282

COMMON DATA .....................................................................7 of 282
PART A
CLEAR AREA PROCEDURES ............................................71 of 282
PART B
SHORT FIELD PROCEDURES ............................................97 of 282
PART C
GROUND LEVEL AND ELEVATED HELIPORT1
HELIDECK BACK-UP PROCEDURES ..............................125 of 282
PART D
ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECKVERTICAL
PROCEDURES ................................................................... 161 of 282
PART E
GROUND LEVEL HELIPORT VERTICAL
PROCEDURES ...................................................................189 of 282
PART F
CATEGORY A TRAINING PROCEDURES .......................223 of 282
27-46 i
Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AIWS RFM
CAT A Opratlons Operational Equipment Supplement!
Document No10900040A014

AlO9S RFM
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A &rations
Document N0109G0040A014 lntroductlon
INTRODUCTION
n
.
GENERAL
This Supplement defines the procedures and performance for
Category A Operations. The Supplement is divided into 6 separate
parts as follows:
- Part A Clear Area Procedures
- Part B Short Field Procedures
- Part C Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck

Back-Up Procedures
- Part D Elevated HeliporVHelideckVertical Procedures
fi - Part E Ground Level Heliport Vertical Procedures
- Part F Category A Training Procedures
Parts A to F have the complete set of sections specific to the particular

procedure, i.e. Section 1 - Limitations, Section 2 - Normal Procedures,
Section 3 - Emergency and Malfunction Procedures and Section 4 -
Performance Data.
Part F Contains the Category A Training procedures and associated
Weight Limitations for training manoeuvres using the engine training
mode.
This Supplement also includes the data for Category A Operations
with A109s helicopter equipped with EAPS PIN 109-0811-55. I

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 Al- RFM
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplemantrr
Introduction Document Ne10000040A014
ABBREVIATIONS
- ALS Above Landing Surface
- ATS Above Take-Off Surface
- BL Balked Landing
- CTO Continued Take-Off
- GS Ground Speed
- LDP Landing Decision Point
- MPOG Minimum Pitch On Ground
- RTO Rejected Take-Off
- TDP Take-Off Decision Point
- TDPE Extended Take-Off Decision Point
- TDPMIN Minimum Take-Off Decision Point

- T-0 Take-Off
- v1 Speed at TDP or at LDP
- v~oss Take-Off Safety Speed

- VBLSS Balked Landing Safety Speed
- WAT Weight-Altitude-Temperature
I Page 2 of 282 274946

Rev. I
EASA Approved
Document N'l09G0040A014 lntroductlon
DEFINITIONS
A t . CAT A Take-Off -Operation of the helicopter tak-
ing into account a single engine
failure at any time after the start
of the Take-Off transition, to
ensure the helicopter has the
capability:
-at or prior to the Take-Off
Decision Point (TDP), to return
and safely land back on the
Take-Off area;
-at or after the Take-Off Deci-
sion Point (TDP), climb away
from the point of engine failure
and continue forward flight with
one engine inoperative (OEl).
fi 2. CAT A landing - Operation of the helicopter tak-

ing into account a single engine
failure at any time during the
approach to landing, to ensure
the helicopter has the capability:
-at or after the Landing Deci-
sion Point (LDP), to make a
safe approach and landing on
the intended landing area;
-at or prior to the Landing
Decision Point (LDP), climb
away from the point of engine
failure and continue flight wlh
one engine inoperative (OEI).
3. Take-Off Decision Point (TDP) -The first point in the Take-Off

path from which a CTO capabil-
ity is assured and the last point
from which a RTO is assured,
within the rejected Take-Off dis-
tance.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpment Supplements
Introduction Document Ng10000040A0l4
4. Landing Decision Point (LDP) -The last point in the approach

landing path from which it is
possible either to land on a pre-
determined area or accomplish
a Balked Landing.
5. Continued Take-Off distance -The normal Take-Off distance is
the horizontal distance from the
start of the Take-off procedure
to a point at least 35ftATS
where VToss and a positive
rate of climb (ROC) are
attained following an engine
failure at or after TDP.
For an elevated heliport/
helideck the Take-Off distance
is the horizontal distance along
the Take-Off path from the start
of the Take-Off to the point at
which the rotorcraft attains and
maintains a speed of at least
VToss and establishes a posi-
tive rate of climb.
6. Rejected Take-Off distance -The horizontal distance from the
start of the take-off procedure to
a point where the helicopter
lands and stops safely following
an engine failure at or prior to
TDP.
7. Take-Off path -The path from the point of com-
mencement of the take-off proce-
dure to the point at which the
helicopter is 1000 RATS. This is
composed of three segments;
CTO distance, PATH 1 and
PATH 2.
I Page 4 of 282 27-0946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A tiperatlono
Document N0109G0040A014 Introduction
8. PATH 1 - The segment between the end of
n the CTO distance or BL distance

to a height of 200 RATS during
an OEl 2.5 rnin power climb at
VToss or VBLss and for a mini-
mum ROC of 100 Wrnin.
-The segment between 200 R
ATS and 1000 R ATS during an
OEl MCP power climb at VY
and for a minimum ROC of
150 ftlmin.
10. Take-OfflLanding Safety Speed -The airspeed (VToss IVBLSS)
at which the scheduled climb
gradient OEl can be achieved.
11. Landing distance -The horizontal distance required
to land in an OEl condition and
come to a complete stop from a
n point 50 R ATS.
-The horizontal distance from
12. Balked landing distance
the LDP to the point at least
35 R ATS where VBLss and a
positive rate of climb (ROC) are
attained following an engine
failure before LDP.
13. Back-Up distance -The horizontal distance from
the start of the Take-Off to the
TDP during a Back-Up Take-
Off procedure.
14. Elevated Heliport -A heliport which is at least 10 R
(3 m) above the surrounding
surface.
15. Helideck -A Heliport located on a floating
n or fixed Offshore structure.
16. Heliport -A defined area of land or structure
intended to be used for the arrival
and departure of helicopters.
EASA Approved 27.0946 Page 5 oi 282

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optlonal Equlpmnt Supplements
Introduction Documnt N ' l ~ A 0 1 4
I Page 6 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N01OgG0040A014 Common Data
COMMON DATA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION ........................................1 of 282

TYPES OF OPERATION...................................................... 13 of 282
CREW LIMITATIONS ...........................................................

13 of 282
HEADWIND GROSS WEIGHT BENEFIT ............................14 of 282
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS.................................................... 14 of 282

m WIND LIMITATIONS.............................................................
1 of 282
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS............................................ 14 of 282

POWER ASSURANCE CHECK ......................................14 of 282
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS .....................................................14 of 282
-
SECTION 2 NORMAL PROCEDURES..............................1 of 282
-
PROCEDURES
..................................................
ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS 17 of 282
ROTOR SPEED SELECTOR MALFUNCTION ...............17 of 282 I
-
WlND EFFECT .....................................................................1 of 282 1

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Common Data Docunmnt N0l0000010A014
Page
TAKE4FF FLIGHT PATH 1 .................................................

20 of 282
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE....................................................................... 20 of 282
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 2 .................................................

20 of 282
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE .......................................................................
20 of 282
Page 8 of 282 27-08 EASA Approved

Rev. 1
Document NO109GOO4OA014 Common Data
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1-1 CAT A Take-Off and Landing Envelope ...........15 of 282

Figure 4-1 Wind Component Chart ....................................19 of 282
Figure 4-2 -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
-
ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg ...................22 of 282
Figure 4-3 -
ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2600 kg ...................23 of 282
Figure 4-4 Take-Off Flight Path 1 - OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2900 kg ...................24 of 282
Figure 4-5 -
-
ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg ...................25 of 282
Figure 4-6 -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl - 2.5 Min Power -
-
ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg .....................26 of 282
Figure 4-7 -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 - OEl 2.5 Min Power -
-
(r Figure 4-8 -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl - 2.5 Min Power -
-
Figure 4-9 Take-Off Flight Path 1 - OEl - 2.5 Min Power -
-
Figure 4-10 - -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power -
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2300 kg 30 of 282
Figure 4-1 1 Take-Off Flight Path 1 - OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2600 kg. 31 of 282
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2900 kg. 32 of 282
Figure 4-13 -
-
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg. 33 of 282
Figure 4-14 - -
- -
EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg ... 34 of 282
Figure 4-15 - -
- -
EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2600 kg ... 35 of 282
Figure 4-16 -
Take-Off Flight Path 1 - OEl 2.5 Min Power -
)r -
EAPS ON ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2900 kg ... 36 of 282
Figure 4-17 -
-
EAPS ON - ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg ... 37 of 282

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AIOSS RFM
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplements
Common Data Document N010900040A014
Page

- -
EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg ...38 of 282
-
Figure 4-19 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
- -
- -
- -
- -
EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg .....42 of 282
-
EAPS ON ECS ON - Gross Weight 2600 kg .....43 of 282
-
-
EAPS ON ECS ON - Gross Weight 2900 kg.. ...44 of 282
-
-
EAPS ON ECS ON - Gross Weight 3175 kg .....45 of 282
-
Figure 4-26 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl- Max Continuous
- -
Power ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg.....46 of 282
-
~ - -
Power ECS OFF Gross Weight 2600 kg .....47 of 282
-
Power - ECS OFF - Gross Weight 2900 kg .....48 of 282
-
- -
Power ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg .....49 of 282
-
- -
Power ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg.......50 of 282
-
- -
Power ECS ON Gross Weight 2600 kg .......51 of 282
-
- -
Power ECS ON Gross Weight 2900 kg....... 52 of 282
Figure 4-33 Take-Off Flight Path 2 Max Continuous -
-
Power ECS ON - Gross Weight 3175 kg....... 53 of 282
-
-
Power EAPS OFF - ECS OFF -
Gross Weight 2300 kg ...................................... 54 of 282

Rev. I
A109s RFM Supphnt7
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document No10900040A0l4 Common Data
Figure Page
-
Figure 4-35 Take-Off Flight Path 2 - OEl Max Continuous
Power - EAPS OFF ECS OFF - -
- -
Figure 4-36 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous
-
Power EAPS OFF ECS OFF - -
Gross Weight 2900 kg ......................................56 of 282
Figure 4-37 Take-Off Flight Path 2 - OEl - Max Continuous
Power - EAPS OFF ECS OFF - -
-
-
Power EAPS ON - ECS OFF -
Power - EAPS ON ECS OFF --
- -
- -
-
Power EAPS ON - ECS OFF -
-
Figure 4-42 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl - Max Continuous
-
Power EAPS OFF - ECS ON -
Power - EAPS OFF ECS ON - -
-
-
-
Power - EAPS ON ECS ON - -

Rev. 1
CAT A Operattons Optional Equipment Supplements
Common Data Document Ne1090M)40A014
Figure Page
-
Figure 4-48 Take-Off Flight Path 2 - OEl- Max Continuous
-
Power EAPS ON - ECS ON -
Figure 4-49 Take-Off Flight Path 2 - OEl- Max Continuous
-
Power EAPS ON ECS ON - -

Rev. 1
Document N010gG0040A014 Common Data
-
The following limitations are applicable for all CAT A Take-Off and
Landing procedures.
For Limitations of each specific profile refer to Part A to E and for
Training procedures to Part F.
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
In addition to the basic aircrafl configuration the following equipment
shall be installed:
- Category A and Category A Training System modification,
PIN 109-0823-98.
Category A Operations shall be carried out provided that the following
systems are installed and operative:
- Engine fire extinguisher, PIN 109-0811-39.
- EDU, PIN 109-0900-76-2A01, with version 19 software or higher.
m - DAU, PIN 109-0900-76-6A01, with version 23 software or higher.
- Aural Warning Generator, PIN 109-0729-96-105.
- CAT A Electrical system modification, PIN 109-0823-96.
- Searchlight, PIN 109-0811-46 (For night operations).
- Additional Altimeter, PIN 109-0814-93.
- Additional Magnetic Compass, PIN 109-0814-94.
TYPES OF OPERATION
CAT A operations are approved under DaylNight VFR, and DaylNight IFR.
Take-Off and Landing must be carried out in VMC.
IFR flight may be initiated at the end of PATH I(minimum height 200 fl
ATS) or at a height where the airspeed is greater than VMINl (55 KIAS).
IFR flight must end at 200 R ALS or at a height where the airspeed is
CI below VMINl (55 KIAS).
CREW LIMITATIONS
CAT A Take-Off and Landing must be carried out from the right hand seat.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations
Common Data
HEADWIND GROSS WEIGHT BENEFIT

The Gross Weight Benefit, incorporated into the WAT Charts, (except
for Clear Area in Part A) presented in this supplement, for Headwind
Component has already been factored by 50%. No further weight cor-
rection is necessary.
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
Take-Off Safety Speed (VToss)...............................................30 KlAS
Balked Landing Safety Speed (VsLss).....................................30 KlAS
Best Rate of Climb Speed (VY):
- Up to 10,000 R Hp ................................................................ 75 KlAS
- Above 10,000 it Hp .............decrease 75 KlAS by 2 kts each 1000 R
WIND LIMITATIONS
Take-Off with a tail wind is prohibited.
The maximum crosswind is 20 kts.
With a Gross Weight Benefp from a headwind, the maximum cross-
wind component must not exceed 10 kts.
For Crosswind and Headwind component computation refer to the
wind component chart, Section 4, Figure 4-1.
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS

POWER ASSURANCE CHECK
CATEGORY A operations are prohibited if the engines do not meet
the power check requirements. Refer to ENGINE POWER CHECKS
procedure in Section 4 of the basic RFM.
ALTITUDE LIMITATIONS
Maximum Altitude ................................................................Figure 1-1
I Page I 4 of 282 21-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A1OW RFM Supplement 7
Document N'l0900040A014 Common Data
Figure 1-1 CAT A Take- and Landing Envelope
EASA Approved 27-09-06 Page 15 0s 282

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpmnt Supplemonh
Common Dab Document N'109G0040A014
-
For Normal Procedures of each specific profile refer to Part A to E and
for Training procedures refer to Part F.
0
1 Page 16 of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N0109G0040A014 Common Data
-
SECTION 3 EMERGENCY AND
e MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES
For Emergency and Malfunction Procedures of each specific profile
refer to Part A to E and for Training procedures refer to Part F.
ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS
ROTOR SPEED SELECTOR MALFUNCTION
RPM SELECT
RPM ~witch~~alfunction
CAT A ~ a k e b fcannot
f CAT A operdtion can be
be executed. executed.
CAT A Landing performance
cannot be assumed. I
Proceed
with flight.
Airspeed limit
140 KlAS

Rev. 1 I
Supplement 7 A I M S RFM
CAT A Opomtlons Optional Equlpnmnt Supplements
Common Data Document N~10900040A014
-
For Performance of each speafic profile refer to Part A to E and for
Training procedures refer to Part F.
WIND EFFECT
For crosswind and headwind computation refer to the wind component
chart (Figure 4-1).
Example:
Reported wind speed (Point A) ...................................................25 kts
Reported wind direction (Point 6) .......................................35 degrees
- Enter Figure 4-1 on the reported wind speed axis at 25 kts (Point
A) and follow curved line to relative wind angle, 35 degrees
(Point B).
- From Point B, proceed horizontally to the right, to obtain head-
wind component, 20 kts (Point C).
- From Point B, proceed vertically up, to obtain crosswind compo-
nent, 14 kts (Point D).
I Rev. 1 27-
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements CAT A Operations
Document Nel09G0040AOl4 Common Data
WIND COMPONENT CHART
Figure 4-1 -Wind Component Chart

Rev. 1 I
Common Data Document No10900040A014
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1

Note
In Path 1 performance charts, headwind is
not factored. Unless otherwise authorized
by operating regulations, the pilot is not
authorized to credit performance increase
from more than 50% of the resulting favor-
able headwind component.
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE

The mean height gained in 100 ft (30 m) of horizontal distance trav-
elled during an OEl climb at VToss or VsLss (30 KIAS) and 2.5 min
power is shown in Figures 4-2 to 4-5 (ECS OFF), Figures 4-6 to 4-9
I
(ECS ON) and Figures 4-10 to 4-25 (with EAPS and ECS in ON and
OFF conditions) for various altitudes, temperatures, weights and
Headwind Components.
The charts apply:
- For Parts A, B, D, E from the end of the CTO or BL distance to
200 R ATS.
- For Part C from the end of the CTO to TDPE+ 120 R ATS or from
the end of the BL distance to 200 ft ATS.

Note
In Path 2 performance charts, headwind is
not factored. Unless otherwise authorized
by operating regulations, the pilot is not
authorized to credit performance increase
from more than 50% of the resulting favor-
able headwind component.

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operatioms
Document NO10900040A014 Common Data
n The mean height gained in 100 R (30 m) of horizontal distance trav-

elled during an OEl climb at Vy and MCP OEl is shown in Figures 4-26
to 4-29 (ECS OFF), Figures 4-30 to 4-33 (ECS ON) and Figures 4-34
to 4-49 (with EAPS and ECS in ON and OFF conditions) for various
altitudes, temperatures, weights and headwind components.
I
The charts apply:
- For Parts A, B, D, E from 200 R to 1000 ft AGL.
- For Part C from TDPE+ 120 R ATS to 1000 R AGL.
Note
Gradients shown in Path 2 charts allow
climb turns with angle of bank up to 10
degrees (approximately 3 deglsec rate of
turn).

Rev. 1
Suppletnent 7 Al09S RFM
TAKE OFF F U G M PATH 1

2.5 MINUTE WWER OEl
UECTRICAL LOAD: 1W A
ECB OFF
- - -
Figure 4-2 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power -
ECS OFF -Gross Weight 2300 kg
I Page 22 of282 27-09-08

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N 0 l 0 9 ~ A 0 1 4 Common Data
TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH 1

2.5 MINUTE POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 102 % ELECTRlCU LOAD: 150 A
VTm: 30 KIAS EMI:OFF
lloOal5gUlmlREV81
- - -
Figure 4-3 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power
-
ECS OFF Gross Weight 2600 kg
-
Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opedons Optlonal Equipnwnt Supplements
Common Data Document N*10000040A014
TAKE OFF FUGW PATH 1

ROTOR SPEED: 1m % ELECTRICALLOM: 1% A
v-:aQw ECS OFF
- - -
Figure 4 4 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power
-
-
I Page 24 of 282 27-46

Rev. f
EASA Approved
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Operations
Document N010900040A014 Common Data

ROTOR SPEED: 102 X ELECTRICAL LOAO: 150 A
VTm: 30 KIA6 ECS OFF
' 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 1MI ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ft -
- -
-

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Common Data Document N"10900040A014
TAKE OFF FUGM PATH 1

ELECTRICAL LO*D: 1W A
ECS ON
- -
ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg
-
Figure 4-6-Takeoff Flight Path 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power
I Page 26 of 282 270906

Rev. 1
EASA Approved

ELECTRICALLOAD: 150 A
ECG ON
35
30 .-
8
x
25
20
E
W
n
I5 2
5
a
lo ;
FLi
0
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 rn) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R -

EmBmamm
- - -
-
-
Rev. 1 I
CAT A Omratlons Optlonal Equipment Supplements
TAKE OFF FUGHT PATH 1

2 5 MINUTE POWER OEl
ELECTRICAL LOID: IbA
ECS ON
- -
Figure 4-8 TakeOff Flight Path I OEl- 2.5 Min Power
-
-
I Page 20 of 282 27-6

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equlpmant Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document N'109G0040A014 Common Data

ROTOR SPEED: 102 X ELECTRICALLOAD: 150 A
V=,: 30 KIA8 ECB ON
13
12
35
11
Q.- 10
30 8
"t 9
.-
x
25
7
20
E=
6 W
3
W
5 15
n
a
7
4
10
ag
t:
a
a 2 1
1 2
a
0 0
-1
nz
g 0
Z Y 5
gi 10
15
g 20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 80 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ft -
lxmmmzm
- -
-
- -
Rev. I I
CAT A Opemtlons Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF N O H 1PATH 1
2.5 UHWE POWER OEI
ROTOR SPEED: 100 Y
~ 3 o K I A s
lxElXREAL LOAD: is0 A

EAPSOFFECSOFF
- - -
Figure 4-10 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEi 2.5 Min Power
- -
EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg
-

Rev. 1
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: I= % ELECTRICAL LOAD:150 A
W o n : 24 KU8 EIPSOFFECSOFF
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R -

- 1
- - -
Figure 4-11 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Minute Power
- -
-

Rev. 1
CAT A Opmtlons Optlonal Equlpnnnt Supplements
Common Data Document Na10SG0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
2.5 Y l l J l E POWER OEl
ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A
EAPSOFFECSOFF
13
12
3.5
11
10
9
30 .-
8
X
8 25
7 E
6
20 =
Y
5 15 $
4
10
5g
3
a
2 I
1 g
a
0 0
-1
0
5
10
15
20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 tt (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE f l -
-Adl.ll
FigureI 4-12 -Take-

- - -
Flight Path I OEl 2.5 Minute Power
-
-

Rev. 1
AlOSS RFM Supplement ?
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opentlonr
Document NOl0900040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: in x ELECTRICAL LOIO: 150 A
W 90 MAS W S OFF ECS OFF
- - - -
- -
-

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 A1OgS RFM
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equipment Supplsnnnts
Common Data Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: l m % ELECTRICALLOID: 150 A
w.BO(WS U P S O N -OFF
- - - -
Figure 4 1 4 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Minute Power
- -
EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg
-
Rev. 1
Optional Equlpmmt Suppkments CAT A Operations
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 102 % ELECTRICAL LOAD: 180 A
WOSS 90 KUS EAPSON ECSOFF
- -
~~
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 rn) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
- -
- -
-
Rev. 1
Common Data Document N'10900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF FUOHT PATH 1
ROTOR SPEED: l m % ELECTRICAL LOID: 150 A
mSO1OIS ENSON ECSOFF
IIWQ~M REV AI AOl-7441-11
- - -
Figure 4 1 6 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEI 2.5 Minute Power
- -
-

Rev. 1
AIO9S RFM Supplement 7
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document NolO9G0040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 102 % ELECTRICALLOAD: 150 A
vhmwaoKU8 EAPS ON ECS OFF
- -
~
-
- M l
Figure 4 1 7 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl- 2.5 Minute Power

- -
~ A Q l . l l

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equipnwnt Supplemeh
Common Data Docunwnt Ne10BG0MOA014
EAPS INSTALLED
ElECTWCAL L o r n 150 A
EAPS OFF ECS 0W
- - -
- -
EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg
-

Rev. 1
AIOSS RFM Supplement 7
Document N'I 09GOMOAO14 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 10l % ELECTRICAL WAD: 1% A
Vlosw 50 KIAS EC98 OFF ECS ON
rl€uuLA.$-
- -
Figure 4 1 9 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl- 2.5 Minute Power
- -
-
Rev. 1
Supp(ement 7 AIOSS RFM
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF FLIGHT PAW 1
ELECTRICAL W*D: IS0 A
EIPSOTrECgON
llOWlY1400(WAl mMe-&IS-
- - -
Figure 4-20 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Minute Power -
- -

Rev. I
AlO9S RFM Suppkment 7
Optlonal Equlprnent Supplements CAT A &rations
Document NO109G0040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
w90KIAs EAPSOFFECSON
-
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 1W fl(30 m)HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
-
- -
- -
Figure 4-21 Take-Off Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Minute Power -

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations Odonal Eauloment Sundements
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
2.5 MINUTE POWER MI
ELECTRlCAL LOAD: 150 A
UPSON ECSON
- - - - -
Figure 4-22 - T a m Flight Path 1 OEl 2.5 Minute Power
EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg
-

Rev. 1
Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
V W 50 MAS UPSON ECSON
- - - -
- -
-

Rev. 1
CAT A Operstlons Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Common Data Document N'lOOG0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR -ED: 102 % ELECTRICALLOAD: 160 A
v)o..:m)010*8 EAPSON ECSON
-
MEAN HEIGHT QAINED IN 100 fl(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
- - -
- -
-
-

Rev. 1
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A O p e d o n s
Document N'109G0040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 102 % ELECTRICAL LO*D: 150 A
vtol.: 30 KUS EAPSffl Ecsffl
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 in) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
- - -
- -
-
-

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations
Common Data
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 0 (30 m) HORUONTAL DISTANCE 11
) - - -
- -
Power ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg

Rev. 1
Document Ne109GOMOA014 Common Data

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOM: 1W A
vy: n mrs DECREASEz ~t EACHlciw n ~ O V IOOW
E n ECS OFF
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fi (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
- -
1
-
Power ECS OFF -Gross Weight 2600 kg

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equlpmnt Supplemenb
Common Data Document No10900040A014
TAKE OFF FLJGHT PATH 2

noTORIIPEED:100% ELECTRCMLOAD: 150 A
vv:m ism, DECREASE2 la EACH iwo nASOVE iwmn ECS O R
( - - -
- -
Power ECS OFF Gross Welght 2900 kg

Rev. 1
Optlonal Equlpmnt Supplements CAT A Operations
Documnt N'10900040A014 Common Data

MAXIMUM CONTlNUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: I00 X ELECTRICALLOAD:IS0 A
VY:75 101s. DECREASE z ~tEACH i m n AEOVE 10000n ECS OFF
8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 2 0 2 2 24 2 6 2 8
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fl(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
- - -
Figure 4-29 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous I
- -
Power ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg

Rev. 1
CAT A OpemUono Optlonal Equipment Supplemnts
Common Data Documnt Ne10900040AO14

ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELECTR(CU LOAD: 160 A
vy:~~OEcREISE2laEICHt000ilABovE1OWOil ECS ON
- - -
- -
Power ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg
Page 50 of 282 270908

Rev. 1
Document N'10900040A014 Common Data

ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A
vy: 75 KIAS. DECREASEz n EACH iwo n ABOVE woo n ECS ON
13
12
35
11
8.- 10
30 8
x 9
.-
X
t 25 2
E 8
7 E=
z 6
20
W
5 5 15
P
3
W
=3
1
4
3 10
2
;
a
n 2
5 w
I
1
a
n
0 0
-1
g 0
83
gi I0
15
!
-
20
8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R -
- -
Figure 4-31 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous - 1
- -

Rev. 1
Common Data Document Ne10000040A014

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS P O m R O U
( Figure 4-32 -Take- Flight Path 2 - OEl - Max Continuous Power

- ECS ON -Gross Weight 2900 kg
Rev. 1
Document N'109GOMOAO14 Common Data

ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICALLOAD: 160 A
vy: 7s 1 ~ 1 ~DECREASE
3, 2 ~t EACH 1000 n ABOVE WOO n ECS ON
- -
Figure 433 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl- Max Continuous I
- -

Rev. 1
-- A1OBS RFM
~ ~ ~ b p a n t l o n Optional
s Equlpnnnt Supplements
Common Data Document NO1OW0QMA014
IC W & I ~ 7 ~ A 9I 1 ~ I
-
- - -- -
Power EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg

Rev. 1
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: l W X ELECTRICAL LOAD: I S 0 A
Vy: 75 KIAS, DECREASE2 Ict EACH 1000 11ABOVE 1000011 EAPBOFFECBOFF
35
30 8
,-
x
25
20
E=
W
0
15 ?
10
i
g
5
1
w
a
a
0
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN im R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
-
Figure 4 3 5 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl- Max Continuous
- -
Power EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight 2600 kg -
-
-

Rev. 1
CAT A Opsntions Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Common Data Document N"109G0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR WEED: 1W K ELECTRICALWAD:1W A
~:~KUS.DECREUY2kEICHlOOOfi*sovEl~fi UPgOFF ECS OFF
35
30 8
r
X
25
E
20
W
0
l5 $u
10 ;
3
t
P
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORQONTAL DISTANCE R
-
- - --
W N ~ l

Power EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight 2900 kg
~ OI
-
l ~ t

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A O p e d o n s
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICALLOAD: 150 A
vy: 75 KIM. DECREASE 2 ld u c n 1000 n ABOVE IWODn EAWOFF ECS OFF
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 rn) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ft
-
llCK08.A.1560m0.M1~M)l.I
Figure 437 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl- Max Continuous

- -
Power EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg -
-
I
-

Rev. 1
Common Data Document N'10000040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED. loo X ELECTWCM LOID: 150 A
: KIM, DECREASE z n EACH iooo n rmvz lowo n
~ y 7s WON ECBOFF
-- -- -
Figure 4-38 TakeOft Flight Path 2 OEi Max Continuous
-
Power EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2300 kg

Rev. 1
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Oparatlonr
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 1W U ELECTRICALLOAD: 150 A
vy: 75 KIA% DECREASEz m EACH 1000 n ABOVE IOOOO n UPS ON ECSOR
- -
- -
Power EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2600 kg-
- -
Rev. 1
CAT A Operatkns
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF FUOM PATH 2
MAXIMUM CONllNUOUS POWER OEl
ROlOR8PEP):lOOX ELH:TRCALLOID: 1WA
Vy:7SI(UB,DECRE4SE2LtEACHlOOOI~tDOOQI EIPSONECSOfF
DmFBmma ~ 1 ~ 0 1 . ~
-
Figure 440 Take-
- - - -
Power EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 2900 kg
-
Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous

Rev. 1
Document N0l0900040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: I OO % ELECTRICALLOID: 150 A
w: n MAS, MCREI~E z H EICH 1000nAWE twoo n EIPBON ECBOFF
mmmmE5l
-
- -
Power EAPS ON ECS OFF Gross Weight 3175 kg - - -
Figure 4 4 1 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AIMS RFM
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equlpnwnt Supplements
EAPS INSTALLED
MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR WEED: 100 Y ELECTRICAL W*D: 150 A
g:~I(US.MCRE*BEZldEICHlWO*WWlWQO* EIPBOFFECSON
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R(30 m)HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
-- - - - -
Figure 442 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous
Power EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg
-

Rev. 1
Document N'l09GW4OAOl4 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 1MX ELECIRlCU LOAD: 1% A
w:7s KIM, DECREASE a n EACHtwo n ABOVE ioooo n EAPSOFFECSON
- 2
-
-
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
-
Power EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 2600 kg-
-
Figure 4-43 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous -

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtions Optional Equipment Supplements
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF F W H T PATH 2
MAXIMUMCONTl?JUOW POWER OEl
R0TORSPEM:lOOY ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A
Y ~ : ~ K U B , M C R U S E Z ~ ~ ~ H I ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ K W E I W ~ ~ EAPSOFFECSON
~
--
- -
Power EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 2900 kg-
-

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A operations
Document Ne109G0040A014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER M i
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOAD: IW A
vy: n Klrs, LIECREASE z n EACH 1000 n ABOVE lwoo n EAPS OFF ECS ON
--
-
-
Power EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight 3175 kg -
-

Rev. 1
CAT A 0p.rations
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER OH
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRlCU LOID. 150 A
Vy: 75 KIAS, DECREASE 2 kl EACH 1000 (1ABOVE 10000(1 W O N ECSON
-
WAN HEIQHT GAINEDIN 100R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
-- -
Power EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 2300 kg - -
-

Rev. 1
Document N0lO9GOMOAOI4 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: IOU X ELECTRICAL LO= 150 A
Vy: 75 KIA& DECREASE2 kl EACH 1000 (1ABOVE 10000 (1 UPSOll EC80N
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE R
--
-AOI.t
Figure 447 Take-Off Flight Path 2 OEl Max Continuous

-
Power EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 2600 kg -
-
..
-
I
-

Rev. I
CAT A 0p.mtlons
Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF FLIGHT P A M 2
RUTOR WEED: 100 X ELECTRICALLOID: 180 A
I*: TS am DECREASE 2 ~1EACH 1000n mow ioooo n EAPBON ECSON
13
12
35
11
Q.- 10
8
F
X 9
C x
E 8
25
e
z 7
my
z 8
z
i 5 15 ?
Y
a
a 4
lo
i
;
1 3
a
n 2
1
5 iE
0 0
-1
r 0
B 10
[ 15
3I 20
0
-
2
-
-
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fl(30 m) HORIZONTALDtSTANCE f l
- - -
-
Power EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 2900 kg
-
Page 68 of 282 2749.06

Rev. 1
Document N"109GOMOA014 Common Data
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOAD:150 A
vy: n KIAS, DECREASE 2 LI EACH IWO n ABOVE IOOOO n EAPS ON ECS ON
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fl(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE f l
-
- -
Power EAPS ON ECS ON Gross Weight 3175 kg -
-
-

Rev. 1
- -. - r - - - - ~
Sundement 7-~~- AlO9S RFM
CAT A Opemtions Optional Equlpment Supplements
Common Data Document NelOWOO4OAOlI
This P a g e Intentionally Left Blank
EASA Approved
AIOSS RFM Suoplement 7
Document N"109G0040A014 Clear Area
PART A
CLEAR AREA PROCEDURES
Page
SECTION 1A LIMITATIONS -
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ........................................................ 75 of 282 1
-
SECTION 2A NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF ...........................................................................
82 of 282
TAKE-OFF DECISION POINT (TDP) ..............................82 of 282
CLEAR AREA TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE ....................... 82 of 282
APPROACH AND LANDING ........................................

85 of 282
LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP) ................................85 of 282
CLEAR AREA APPROACH AND LANDING
PROCEDURE ..................................................................
85 of 282
-
SECTION 3A EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
GENERAL ............................................................................ 87 of 282
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE

DURING TAKE-OFF .................................................
8 8 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN
HOVER (3 ft AGL) ...........................................................
88 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED PRIOR
TO TDP (REJECTED TAKE-OFF) .................................. 89 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED
AT OR AFTER TDP (CONTINUED TAKE-OFF) ............90 of 282

Rev. 1
Clear h a Document N'l0900040A014
Page
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR SINGLE ENGINE

FAILURE DURING LANDING ........................................
92 of 282
PRIOR TO LDP (BALKED LANDING) ............................ 92 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZEDAT
OR AFTER LDP (OEl LANDING) ...................................
94 of 282
-
SECTION 4A PERFORMANCE DATA
RUNWAY LENGTH ............................................................... 95 of 282

TAKE-OFF AND LANDING DISTANCES ............................ 95 of 282
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 ................................................. 95 of 282
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 2 .................................................96 of 282
CLIMB PERFORMANCE ......................................................
96 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT VY...................... 96 of 282
Page 72 of 282 27-0806 U S A Approved

Rev. 1
Document N o 1 0 9 ~ A O 1 4 Clear Area
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1A-I Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT ECS OFF ................................................
76 of 282
Figure 1A-2 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
WAT ECS ON ................................................77 of 282
WAT - EAPS OFF - ECS OFF .........................78 of 282
WAT - EAPS ON - ECS OFF ........................... 79 of 282
-
WAT - EAPS OFF ECS ON ...........................80 of 282
-
WAT - EAPS ON ECS ON ............................ 81 of 282
Figure 2A-I Take-Off Profile (Clear Area) ............................82 of 282
Figure 2A-2 Landing Profile (Clear Area) .............................85 of 282
Figure 3A-1 Rejected Take-Off (Clear Area) ........................ 89 of 282
Figure 3A-2 Continued Take-Off OEl (Clear Area) ..............90 of 282
Figure 3A-3 Balked Landing (Clear Area) ............................ 92 of 282
Figure 3A-4 OEl Landing (Clear Area) ................................. 94 of 282

Rev. 1
Clear Area Document No10900010A014
I Page 74 of 282 27-0946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A109s RFM S u ~ ~ l e m e 7n t
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A &rattons
Document N'109GW40A014 Clear Area
PART A
CLEAR AREA PROCEDURES
SECTION 1A LIMITATIONS -
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS OFF ..........Figure 1A-1
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS ON ........... Figure 1A-2
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing,
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ...................................................Figure 1A-3
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ......................................................Figure 1A-4
ICI Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing,
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ........................................................
Figure 1A-5
Weight Limitation. Take-Off and Landing,
-
EAPS ON ECS ON ..........................................................
Figure 1A-6

Rev. 1
Suppbnt7 AlO9S RFM
CAT A Operations OpUonal Equipment Supplements
Clear Area Document N'1090M)40A014
WEIGHT-ALTITUDE-TEMPERATURE
CLEAR AREA
ROTOR SPEED 102%
ECS OFF
-
Gross Weight Eb x 10001
Gross Weight - RQx 10001
Figure 1A-I - Clear Area Take- and Landing Procedure

WAT ECS OFF
-
I Page 76 of 282 27-46
Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N'109GDO4OA014 Clear Area
WEIGHT-ALTITUDE-TEMPERANRE
ROTOR SPEED 102% CLEAR AREA
ECS ON
Gmss Weight - fib x 10001 u
Figure 1A-2 - Clear AreaWATTake-Off

ECS ON
and Landing Procedure -
EASA Approved 2 7 M Page 77 ot 202

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equlpment Supplements
Clear Area Document Ne10900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
CLEAR AREA
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -
Glws Weight gb x 10001
-
Gross Weight mg x 10001
-
Figure 1A-3 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
-
Rev. 1
A I O S RFM Supplement 7
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Oparatlons
Document NO1 0900040A014 Clear Area
-
Glosr, Welght F g x 10001
109G1580A004 R8v.A ICN-08-A-155000-G-A0126003!58-A-01-1
-
Figure 1A.4 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
-
WAT EAPS ON ECS OFF -
Rev. 1
Supplement 7 A l W RFM
Ckar Area Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4
-
G l o u Welght Fg x 10001
109GI580A004 R ~ v A iCN-OB-A-I55000-G-AOi2~359-A-01-1
Figure 1A-5 - Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

-
WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON -
Rev. 1
Document N e l ~ A 0 1 4 Clear Area
-
Gross Weight F g x 10001
Figure lA-6 - Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT - EAPS ON - ECS ON

Rev. 1
Clear A m Document N01090M)40A014
SECTION 2A NORMAL PROCEDURES -

TAKE-OFF
TAKE-OFF DECISION POINT (TDP)
Height ........................................................................ 20 R (6.1 m) AGL
Airspeed (V1)............................................................................ 20 KlAS
Note
The heights shown in flight path profiles
refer to radio altimeter.
CLEAR AREA TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE
Figure 2A-I Takes Profile (Clear Area)
The engines are degraded in performance

with EAPS OFF or ON (if installed) and with
the ECS switched ON. Verification of EAPS
and ECS status (ON or OFF) should be car-
ried out to ensure that the applicable WAT
chart is used (Figures 1A-1 to 1A-6).
Rev. I
Document N'l OBGOMOA014 Clear Area
)b Coliective : MPOG
Nose wheel lock : ON.
Parking brake : OFF.
Check PARK BRK ON caution
message not displayed.
Caution and Warning messages : Check none.
RPM switch : Set to 102%.
Radio altimeter :Checkbetweenoft and5ft.
Press RA pushbutton and verify
for correct functioning.
External lights :As required.
Take-Off area : Check clear.
ev,1
C
o : Increase to hover at approxi-
mately 3 ft ( I m) wheel height.
Note TRQ.
NR IN2 : Check stabilized at 102%.
Altimeter : Note pressure altitude.
ADls : Adjust the pitch to indicate zero
(0 deg) and cross check.
Collective and cyclic stick : Apply as necessary to increase
TRQ on each engine by 15%
5% above that required to
hover and set approximately
12 deg nose down attitude indi-
cated. Maintain nose down for
about 1 second then reduce
nose down attitude to approxi-
mately 7 deg indicated.
EASA Approved
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpment Supplemnts
Clear Area Document N'l09GOWOAO14
Take-Off Decision Point (TDP) : At 20 R AGL and 20 KIAS (TDP)

continue acceleration to VToss
(30 KIAS).
: Adjust cyclic and collective to
continue climb up to 200 R AGL
and accelerate to V,
Landing gear lever UP (not below 200 R AGL).
RPM switch Set to 100%.
NR 1 N2 : Check stabilised at 100%.
Climb : Continue climb at V, up to
1000 R AGL.
At 1000 R AGL Adjust collective and cyclic for
continued climb or cruise speed
as required.
LDG LT and SCHLT (If used) : Respectively OFF and STOW.
I Page 84 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Clear Area
APPROACH AND LANDING

CI
LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP)
Height.......................................................................
80 ft (24.4 m) AGL
Airspeed (V1) ...........................................................................
25 KlAS
Rate of Descent ..........................................................
500 i 100 Wmin
Note
CLEAR AREA APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURE
RoD=5WtlW Wmin
ICNOB-A-l550006-1\0126M)402AOl-l
Figure PA-2 Landing Profile (Clear Area)

Rev. 1 I
Supplement 7 Al09S RFM
Clear Arm Document N*10004040A014

and ECS status (ON or OFF) should be
carried out to ensure that the applicable
WAT chart is used (Figures I A - I to 1A-6).
Altimeter : Set QNH (Landing surface ele-

vation should be known).
ADls Cross check.
Landing gear lever : DOWN and engaged.
Check gear extended and
locked.
RPM switch :Set to 102%.
Check stabilized at 102%.
MAIN UTL CHRG caution mes- : Displayed during landing gear
sage operation.
External lights : As required.
1 EAPS (if installed):
1 EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches :As requred.

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operatlonr
Document N 0 1 0 9 ~ A O 1 4 Clear Area
Approach 8 Landing : Initiate the approach to pass

1 rr through the LDP at 80 ft (24.4 m)
above the landing site at
25 KlAS with a rate of descent
no higher than 500 f 100 Wmin.
From the LDP reduce airspeed
and decrease the rate of
descent to achieve an approxi-
mate 3 R (1 m) hover.
Descend vertically to land.
Wheel Brakes : Apply as required.
Parking Brake : As required.
-
SECTION 3A EMERGENCY AND
GENERAL
The procedures detailed in this section only consider the failure of one
engine in the Take-OffILanding path and assume the pilot gives first
priority to helicopter control to achieve a safe flight path.
For all Take-Off procedures the following shall be observed:
1. Engine failure prior to TDP - Recognition of engine failure prior

to the TDP dictates that the Take-
Off has to be rejected.
2. Engine failure at or after TDP - Recognition of the failure at or

after the TDP dictates that the
Take-Off has to be continued.

Rev. 1 I
supphmnt 7 A1OSS RFM
CAT A Opedons O~tlonalE a u l w n t Su~dements
Clear h a
For all Landing procedures the following shall be observed:
1. Engine failure prior to LDP - Recognition of the engine failure

prior to the LDP dictates that a
Balked Landing has to be carried
out.
2. Engine failure at or after LDP - Recognition of the engine failure

at or after the LDP dictates that
the Landing has to be contin-
ued.
Procedures dealing with subsequent Failure/Malfunctions, other than
engine failure, must be initiated only after the helicopter control and a
safe flightlground condition have been obtained. The procedures for the
emergencylmalfunction can be followed according to the appropriate
instructions detailed in Section 3 of the basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual.

FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN HOVER (3 R AGL)
1. Collective -Adjust as required to land and

cushion touchdown.
2. Landing -After touchdown, centralize
cyclic and simultaneously
reduce collective to MPOG
Apply wheel brakes as required.
3, Engine - On affected engine,
carry out
ENGINE SHUTDOWN IN AN
EMERGENCY procedure.
4. Parking brake -As required.
5. LDG LT and SCHLT (If used) - Respectively OFF and STOW.
I "" ""
Rev. 1 27-6
EASA Approved
Document N'l09G0040A014 Clear Area
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED PRIOR TO TDP

(REJECTED TAKE-OFF)
TDP
V,- 20 KlAS
REJECTED TAKE-OFF DISTANCE
ICN-LIB-A-15500(Hi-A012600403-A-01-1
Figure 3A-1 Rejected Take-Off (Clear Area)
I.Collective -Adjust to maintain NR within

m 98% and 100%.
2. Cyclic -Set a nose up attitude to a
maximum of 25 deg indicated
to reduce airspeed at constant
height.
3. Collective - Level pitch attitude and as the
helicopter starts to sink, gradu-
ally increase to cushion the
touchdown.
Maintain landing attitude
before touchdown to avoid
touching the tail first.
4. Landing - After touchdown, centralize
reduce collective to MPOG.
Apply wheel brakes as
required.

Rev. I I
Clear Area Document Ne10900040A0l4
5. Engine -On affected engine, carry out

SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED AT OR AFTER TDP

(CONTINUED TAKE-OFF)
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE PATH 1 PATH 2

I
Figure 3A-2 Continued Take-Off OEl (Clear Area)
1. Collective -Adjust as necessary to drop

NR not below 90%.
2. Airspeed - Increase to VToss using up to
2.5 min power and continue
climb.
I Page 90 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document N010900040A0l4 Clear Area
3.Climb - When the helicopter achieves

' n VToss (30KIAS) and a posi-
tive rate of climb, adjust and
reduce pitch attitude, lower
collective to recover NR to
102%, continue climb with 2.5
min power to 200 R and level
helicopter.
4. At 200 ft AGL - While climbing accelerate to VY.
Continue climb to 1000 ft AGL
using OEl continuous power.
5.Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 R AGL).
6. RPM switch - Set to 100%.
7. NR IN2 - Check stabilised at 100%.
-On affected engine, cany out

Rev. 1 I
Supplement 7 A I M RFM
CAT A Operations
Clear Area

FAILURE DURING LANDING
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED PRIOR TO LDP

(BALKED LANDING)
BALKED LANDING DISTANCE
Figure A 3 3 Balked Landing (Clear Area)
- Reach VBLss by pushing over

15 deg attitude change and by
setting collective to obtain up
to 2.5 min power and to drop
NR not below 90%.
-As the speed approaches
VBLss reduce the nose down
attitude. Recover rotor speed
and climb at VBLss using 2.5
min power to 200 ft (61 m)
AGL.
1 Page 92 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Opedons
Document Ne10gGOMOA014 Clear Area
3. At 200 R AGL -While climbing accelerate to VY.

Continue climb to 1000 R AGL
using OEl continuous power.
4. Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 it AGL).
7. At 1000 R AGL -On affected engine, carry out

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Clear Arm Document N'10900040A014
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZEDAT OR AFTER LDP

(OEl LANDING)
LANDING DISTANCE
Figure 3 A 4 OEl Landing (Clear Area)
1. Collective - Gradually increase to reduce

rate of descent maintaining NR
within 98% and 100%.
2. Airspeed - Reduce by setting. approxi-
mately 20 deg nose up attitude
change when approaching 15 R.
- Level pitch attitude and as the
helicopter starts to sink, gradu-
ally increase collective to cush-
ion the touchdown.
required.
1 Page 94 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document Ne109G0040A014 Clear Area

! CI ENGINE SHUTDOWN IN AN
-
SECTION 4A PERFORMANCE DATA
RUNWAY LENGTH
The minimum demonstrated runway length for Take-Off and Landing
is 250 m (820 ft).
TAKE-OFF AND LANDING DISTANCES

Continued Take-Off (CTO) Distance ............................... 250 m (820 R)
Rejected Take-Off (RTO) Distance .................................250 m (820 ft)
One Engine Inoperative (OEl) Landing Distance ............ 150 m (500 ft)
Balked Landing Distance ................................................250 m (820 R)

Refer to Section 4 - Performance Data in Common Data.
The charts apply from the end of both the Continued Take-Off distance
and the Balked Landing distance to a height of 200 ft AGL.

Rev. 1 I
Char Ama Document N'l0000040A014

-
Refer to Section 4 Performance Data in Common Data.
The charts apply from 200 R to 1000 R AGL.
CLIMB PERFORMANCE
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT VY

The ROC at VY and MCP OEl, is unchanged from the basic Rotorcraft
Flight Manual or the applicable supplement if the ECS andlor EAPS
I are installed.

Rev. 1
Document No1OSGOMOAOl4 Short Field
PART B
SHORT FIELD PROCEDURES
Page
SECTION 1 6 LIMITATIONS-
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ......................................................1 0 of 282 1
-
TAKE-OFF ..........................................................................
108 of 282
TAKE-OFF DECISION POINT (TDP) ............................108 of 282
SHORT FIELD TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE ...................I08 of 282
APPROACH AND LANDING .............................................

Ill of 282
LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP) .............................. 111 of 282
SHORT FIELD APPROACH AND LANDING
PROCEDURE................................................................ 111 of 282
-
SECTION 3 6 EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
GENERAL ..........................................................................
114 of 282

DURING TAKE-OFF ...........................................................
115 of 282
HOVER (3 ft AGL)..........................................................115 of 282
TO TDP (REJECTED TAKE-OFF)................................. 116 of 282
AT OR AFTER TDP (CONTINUED TAKE-OFF) ...........118 of 282

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtlons Optional Equlpmnt Supplements
Short Field Document N0lO9G0040A014
Page

DURING LANDING ............................................................
119 of 282
TO LDP (BALKED LANDING)........................................119 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZEDAT OR
AFTER LDP (OEl LANDING).........................................121 of 282
-
RUNWAY LENGTH ............................................................ 122 of 282

TAKE-OFF AND LANDING DISTANCES .......................... 122 of 282
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 ............................................... 123 of 282
CLIMB PERFORMANCE .................................................... 123 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OFF CLIMB AT Vy ................123 of 282

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opentlons
Document N'10900040A014 Short Field
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 18-1 Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT ECS OFF ............................................... 102 of 282
WAT ECS ON .................... .... ...................... ... 103 of 282
-
WAT - EAPS OFF ECS OFF ........................ 104 of 282
WAT - EAPS ON - ECS OFF..........................105 of 282
Figure 1 B-5 Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
-
WAT - EAPS OFF ECS ON..........................106 of 282
Figure 1B-6 Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
-
WAT - EAPS ON ECS ON ...........................107 of 282
Figure 28-1 Take-Off Profile (Short Field).......................... 108 of 282
Figure 28-2 Landing Profile (Short Field)........................... 1 1 1 of 282
Figure 38-1 Rejected Take-Off (Short Field)...................... 116 of 282
Figure 38-2 Continued Take-Off (Short Field) ...................118 of 282
Figure 38-3 Balked Landing (Short Field) ..........................119 of 282
Figure 38-4 OEl Landing (Short Field) .............................. 121 of 282
Figure 4B-1 Minimum Runway Size and
Example of Markings...................................... 122 of 282

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AlOgg RFM
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplemenb
Short Field Document N"109G0040A014
1 Page 1W of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM Supplament 7
Document N0109G0040A014 Short Fidd
PART B
SHORT FIELD PROCEDURES
-
SECTION 1B LIMITATIONS
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Weight Limitations, Take-Off and Landing, ECS OFF ........ Figure 1B-I
Weight Limitations, Take-Off and Landing, ECS ON..........Figure 18-2
Weight Limitations, Take-Off and Landing,
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF ......................................................
Figure 18-3
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF ........................................................
Figure IB-4
)si Weight Limitations. Take-Off and Landing,
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ........................................................
Figure 1B-5
-
EAPS ON ECS ON .......................................................... Figure 1B-6
EASA Approvd 270906 Page 101 of 282

Rev. 1
Short Field Document Ne100Q0040A014
ROTOR SPEED 102% SHORT FIELD
ECS OFF Gmss Weight - @b x 10001
3.5
2.5
-
8
x
2 s
m
0
a
1.5 3
%
I
0.5
I \ \ I I II
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
-
Gross Weight Fg x 10001
109G1580A001 Rev.6 ICN-0B-A-155000GA012&00302-A-02-1
-
Figure 1B-1 Short Field TakeOff and Landing Procedure -
WAT ECS OFF
1 Page 102 of 282 274948

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Operattons
Document NO109GOO4OA014 Short Field
ECS ON -
Gmss Weight [Ib x 10001
3.5
2.5 8
F
X
2 E
m
S
1.5 $
f
0
' E
0.5
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2

-
Gmss Weight [kg x 10001
109G1580A001 Rev.A ICN4B-A-1550006-A012MXMlSA41-1
Figure 1B-2 - Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT ECS ON

Rev. 1 I
Sho~tFleld Document Ne109G0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
SHORT FIELD
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -
Gross Weight [lb x 10001
-
Gmss Weight Rg x IOOO]
109GI580A004 Rw.A ICN-OB-A-155~AOl28M)38l-A-O1-1
-
Figure 183 Short Field Take- and Landing Procedure -
-
Rev. 1
A1OBS RFM Supplement 7
Document N0109G0040A014 Short F U d
EAPS INSTALLED
EAPS ON
ECS OFF -
Gross Weight Cb x 10001
4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
.-
gw 7
8
F
X
!5 2 L
u 6
a
5 1.5 9
?2
a 4 f8
t
a 3 '%
2
0.5
I
0 0
F
?Z
3~ I0
?'i
8
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
Gmss Weight - F g x 10001
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OB-A-155000-G-AO126-00362-A-OI-1
Figure 18-4 - Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT EAPS ON - ECS OFF
27-09-06 Page 105 of 282

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtions Optional Equipment Supplefnonts
Short FWd Document N'10900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
SHORT FIELD
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Weight [Ib x 10001
-
Gross Weight k g x 10001
1109G1580A004 Rev.A 1 ICN-OEA-155000-GA0126-00363-A-01-1
Figure 1B-5 - Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT - EAPS OFF - ECS ON

Rev. 1
Optlonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document N*10900040A014 Short Fleld
EAPS INSTALLED
ECS ON -
3.5
2.5
Fz
X
2 E
0
S
1.5 3
I:
I
0.5
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2

-
Gmss Weight F g x 10001
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OB-A-I55000-G-AOl26-00364-A-01-1
Figure 1B-6 - Short Fleld Take-Off and Landing Procedure -

WAT - EAPS ON - ECS ON

Rev. 1
CAT A Operatlona Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Short FIeM Document N*109GOOIOAO14
-
TAKE-OFF

Height ......................................................................
80 R (24.4 m) AGL
Airspeed (Vl) ..............................................................................
0 kts
Note
SHORT FIELD TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE
Figure 26-1 Take-Off Profile (Short Field)
1 Page l l of 282 274146

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N010900040A014 Short F U d

chart is used (Figures 1B-1 to 1B-6).
Collective : MPOG
h Caution and Warning messages : Check none.
RPM switch :Set to 102%.
Radio altimeter : Check between 0 R and 5 R.
Press RA pushbutton and verifv
External lights :As required.
Take-OR area : Check clear.
Collective : Increase to hover at approxi-
mately 3 R (1 m) wheel height.
Note TRQ.
: Check stabilized at 102%.
)r ADls :Adjust the pitch to indicate zero

Rev. 1
~~ ~~
CAT A O ~ m t i o n s Optlonal Equipment Supplmnnb

Shalt Fkld Document k 1 ~ ~ 0 1 4
Collective and cyclic stick :Apply as necessary to climb ver-

tically with a rate of climb of 500
* 100 ft/min.
Take-Off Decision Point (TDP) : At TDP 80 R (24.4 m) AGL select
up to Take-Off power and rotate
through 10 deg indicated nose
down attitude simultaneously.
:When the helicopter achieves
VToss (30 KIAS) reduce pitch
attitude and continue the accel-
eration maintaining collective
position until Vy
Landing gear lever UP (not below 200 R AGL).
NR 1 N2 : Check stabilised at 100%.
Climb Continue climb up to 1000 R AGL
At 1000 R AGL : Adjust collective and cyclic for
continued climb or cruise speed
as required.
1 Page 110 of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A10% RFM Supplement 7
Document N 0 1 0 9 ~ A O 1 4 Short Field

m
Height................................................................... 80 R (24.4 m) AGL
Airspeed (V,) ........................................................................... 25 KlAS
Rate of Descent ........................................................
500 * 100 Wmin
Note
SHORT FIELD APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURE
Figure 2B-2 Landing Profile (Short Field)

Rev. 1 I
AlOSS RFM Sueoknwnt 7
Optlonal EquipntentSupplements CAT A bpsr;ltlons
Document N0l0900040A014 Short Fkld
Approach & Landing : Initiate the approach to pass

through the LDP at 80R
(24.4 m) above the landing site
at 25 KIAS wlh a rate of
descent no higher than 500 i
100 Rlmin.
From the LDP reduce airspeed
descent to achieve an approxi-
mate 3 R (1 m) hover.
Wheel Brakes : Apply as required.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opemtlona Optional Equipment Supplemants
Short Fleld Document N'109GW4OAO14
-
SECTION 3B EMERGENCY AND
GENERAL
I.
Engine failure prior to TDP - Recognition of engine failure prior


out.

ued.

safe flightlground condition have been obtained. The procedures for
the emergencylmalfunction can be followed according to the appropri-
ate instructions detailed in Section 3 of the basic Rotorcraft Flight
Manual.
I Page 114 of 282 2 7 4 4

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A109s RFM Suppkmnt 7
Optlonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Opentlons
Document N'lO9GOMOAOI 4 Short Fkld

n FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF

cushion touchdown.
required.
3, Engine - On affected engine, cany out
Cb 5. LDG LT and SCHLT (If used) - Respectively OFF and STOW.
EASA Approved 27-46 Paw 115 of 282

Rev. I I
Suppkment 7 AIOBS RFM
CAT A Operations Optlonai Equipment Supplements
Short Field Document N'10000040A014
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED PRIOR TO TDP

(REJECTED TAKE-OFF)
TDP
Figure 38-1 Rejected Take-Off (Short Field)
1. Collective -As necessary to maintain the

rotor around 100% NR.
2. Rejected Take-OR manoeuvre - If the failure occurs below 50 ft
(15.2 m) AGL, slightly push
over the cyclic to bring the heli-
copter back to the ground.
If the failure occurs at or above
50 R (15.2 m) AGL rotate nose
down to a maximum of 20 deg
indicated to obtain forward
speed and commence the
descent to the field.
I page 116
Rev. I
282 nros EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM S~DDleltWnt 7
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A ;dperatlonrr
Document Nel0900040A014 Short FMd
3. Touchdown - Continue deceleration to a

n running touchdown or hover.
Use collective to cushion
touchdown.
required.
5. Engine - On affected engine, cany out
m 7. LDG LT and SCHLT (If used) - Respectively OFF and STOW.

Rev. I I
Short Field Document Ne10000040A014

ICNOB-A-15SWQOAO12&00411-A01-1
Figure 38-2 Continued Take-Off OEl (Short Field)
-Rotate nose down to a maxi-

mum of 25 deg indicated to
obtain forward speed. Set 2.5
minute power and accelerate
adjusting collective to drop NR
not below 90% NR.
-Adjust pitch attitude and
continue acceleration to VToss
(30 KIAS).
3. Climb -When the helicopter achieves
VToss (30 KIAS) and a posi-
tive rate of climb, lower collec-
tive to recover NR to 102%,
continue climb with 2.5 min
power to 200 R and level heli-
copter.
I Page 118 of 282 274S-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document NO1 0900040A014 Short Field
I m
4. At 200 R AGL -While climbing accelerate to
Vy. Continue climb to 1000 R
AGL using OEl continuous
power.
5. Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 ft ATS).
8. At 1000 R AGL -On affected engine, carry out

SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED PRIOR TO LDP

(BALKED LANDING)
Figure 38-3 Balked Landing (Short Field)

Rev. I I
supplement 7 AlO9S RFM
Short Field Document N010900040A014
1. Balked Landing manoeuvre - Initiate an acceleration, using

collective to droop NR to not
lower than 90%, and set 2.5
min power.
-Adjust pitch attitude and con-
tinue acceleration to VBLss
(30 KIAS).
VBLss (30 KIAS) and a positive
rate of climb, lower collective
to recover NR to 102%, con-
tinue dimb with 2.5 min power
to 200 R and level helicopter.
4. At 200 R AGL -While climbing accelerate to
Vy. Continue climb to 1000 R
AGL using OEl continuous
power.
5. Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 R AGL).
8. At 1000 R AGL - On affected engine, carry out
I Page 120 of 282 2749-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document NO10900040AOl4 Short Field
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED AT OR AFTER LDP

(OEl LANDING)
n
'. LDP { V,.R o 25 KlAS
D = W l M ) (Vmin
Figure 3 8 4 OEl Landing (Short Field)
n
1. Collective -Adjust to maintain NR within
98% and 100%.
2. OEl Landing Manoeuvre - If the failure occurs at or above
50 ft AGL push over 15 deg
attitude change to increase for-
ward speed and approach the
landing site.
If the failure occurs below 50 ft
AGL push over slightly to bring
the helicopter to the ground.
Perform a flare and level the
helicopter before touchdown to
avoid touching the tail first.
n 3. Touchdown -After touchdown, centralize

required.

Rev. I I
Supplement 7 AlOOS RFM
CAT A Opentionr Optional Equipment Supplements
Short F U d Document N o 1 0 0 ~ A O i 4

-
SECTION 4B PERFORMANCE DATA
RUNWAY LENGTH
The minimum demonstrated runway size for Take-Off and Landing is
100 m (328 R).
ICN-OEA-1550006A012M)0407-A01-1
Figure 4B-1 Minimum Runway Size and Example of Markings

Continued Take-Off (CTO) Distance ...............................160 rn (525 R)
Rejected Takeoff (RTO) Distance....................................80 m (262 R)
One Engine Inoperative (OEl) Landing Distance ..............80 rn (262 R)
Balked Landing Distance ................................................
190 rn (623 R)
I Rev. 1
paw122d28z 27QU
EASA Approved
Document N 0 1 ~ A O 1 4 Short Fkld

rn Refer to Section 4 - Performance Data in Common Data.
The charts apply from the end of the Continued Take-Off distance or
of the Balked Landing distance to a height of 200 R AGL.

-
The charts apply from 200 R to 1000 ft AGL.
CLIMB PERFORMANCE
' SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT Vy

The ROC at Vy and MCP OEl, is unchanged from the basic Rotorcraft
Flight Manual or the appropriate supplement if ECS andlor EAPS are
installed. I

Rev. 1
Short Field Document N ' l ~ A O l 4
I Page 124 d 282 2749.06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N010900040A014 BackUp Procedure
PART C
HELIDECK BACK-UP PROCEDURES
Page
SECTION 1C LIMITATIONS -
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ......................................................129 of 282
GROUND SPEED LIMITATIONS .......................................129 of 282
-
SECTION 2C NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF ..........................................................................
136 of 282
TAKE-OFF DECISION POINT (TDP) ............................ 136 of 282
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF HEIGHTS..............................136 of 282
BACK-UP TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE FOR GROUND
LEVEL AND ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK ........137 of 282

1 4 of 282
LANDING DECISION POINT (LDP) ..............................142 of 282
HELIDECK APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURE143 of 282
-
SECTION 3C EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
GENERAL .........................................................................146 of 282 1
EASA Approved 270906 Page 125 ot 282

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtlons Optlonal Equipment Suppiements
Backup Procedure Docunwnt Ne10900040A014
Page
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE FOR SINGLE ENGINE

FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF ...........................................
1 4 of 282
HOVER (3 FT AGL) .......................................................147 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN CLIMB,
PRIOR TO TDP (REJECTED TAKE-OFF) ...................147 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED AT OR
AFTER TDP (CONTINUED TAKE-OFF) ....................... 149 of 282

FAILURE DURING LANDING ............................................
1 5 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE DURING LANDING
PRIOR TO LDP (BALKED LANDING) ..........................151 of 282
AFTER LDP (OEl LANDING)........................................153 of 282
-
SECTION 4C PERFORMANCE DATA

HELIDECK SEE ................................................................. I54 of 282
TAKE-OFF AND LANDING DISTANCES .......................... I54 of 282
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 ........................................ 157 of 282
CLIMB PERFORMANCE ....................................................
157 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT VY....................157 of 282
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE CLEARANCE 157 of 282..............................

TDPE FOR OBSTACLE INSIDE THE CTO DISTANCE 158 of 282
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE UNDER BACK-UP PROFILE ..159 of 282

Rev. 1
Document N0l0900040A014 Back-up Procedure
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
CI Figure 1C-1 Ground Level, Elevated HeIipMIIHelideck
Back-Up Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
WAT ECS OFF ............................................130 of 282
Figure 1C-2 Ground Level, Elevated HeliportlHelideck
WAT ECS ON ................................................131 of 282
WAT EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ..........................132 of 282
WAT EAPS ON - ECS OFF ............................133 of 282
-
WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON ............................ 134 of 282
)r Back-Up Take-Off and Landing Procedure -
WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ............................135 of 282
Figure 2C-1 Take-Off Profile (Back-Up) (Ground Level,
Elevated HeliportlHelideck) ............................137 of 282
-
Figure 2C-2 Heliport Back-Up Take-Off View at 3 ft ATS 140 of 282
-
Figure 2C-3 Heliport Back-Up Take-Off View at 80 ft ATSl41 of 282
Figure 2C-4 Normal Landing Profile (Ground Level,
Elevated HeliporVHelideck) ............................143 of 282
Figure 2C-5 Heliport Approach and Landing -
View at 80 ft ATS ............................................ 145 of 282
Figure 3C-1 Rejected Take-Off (Ground Level,
Elevated HeliporUHelideck)............................147 of 282
Figure 3C-2 Continued Take-Off OEl (Ground Level,
Elevated HeliporVHelideck) ............................149 of 282
Figure 3C-3 Balked Landing (Ground Level,
Elevated HeliportlHelideck) ............................ 151 of 282
Figure 3C-4 OEl Landing (Ground Level,
m Elevated HeliporUHelideck)............................ 153 of 282
Figure 4C-1 Obstacle in Take-Off Profile (Ground
Level, Elevated HeliporVHelideck)..................158 of 282
Figure 4C-2 Obstacle under Back-up Profile (Ground
Level, Elevated HeliportlHelideck)..................159 of 282
Rev. 1
BackUp M u r e Document No10SGM)40AO14
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 4C-1 HeliportlHelideck Backup Take-Off Procedure -

Typical Heights and Distances
(Distances in Metric Units).............................. 155 of 282
Table 4C-2 HeliporTIHelideck Backup Take-Off Procedure -
Typical Heights and Distances
(Distances in Imperial Units)........................... 156 of 282
Table 4C-3 Minimum Distance for Obstacle in Back-up
Profile.............................................................. 160 of 282
Pago 128 of 282 270906 EASA Approved

Rev. 1
A109s RFM Suppkment 7
Document N'10900040A014 Back-up Procedure
PART C
HELIDECK BACK-UP PROCEDURES
SECTION 1C LIMITATIONS -
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS OFF..........Figure 1C-I
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS ON ...........Figure 1C-2
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ......................................................
Figure IC-3
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF ....................................................Figure 1C-4
EAPS OFF - ECS ON .......................................................
Figure 1C-5
EAPS ON .ECS ON ..........................................................
Figure 1C-6
GROUND SPEED LIMITATIONS

Maximum Touchdown Speed with Parking brake ON ...................5 kts

Rev. 1
B&Up Procedure Document N ~ l ~ A O 1 4
WEIGHT-ALmUDE-TEMPERATURE
BACKUP PROCEDURE n
--'
Figure 1C-1 Ground Level and Elevated HeliportlHelideck

-
Back-Up Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT ECS OFF
I Page 130 of 282 27-09-06

Rev.,
EASA Approved
k, 1
Document NelWGOMOA014 Back-up Procedure
WE~GHT-ALlTUDE-TEMPERATURE
BACKUPPROCEDURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
ECS ON
oroMWdght-@bxl~]
3.5
-
X
2 9
1.5 I
0.5
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2

-
Gtuas WeigM Fg x 10001
109G1580A001 Rw.A ICN-OBA-15MX100M)1~316-A-O1-1 I
Figure IC-2 Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
Back-Up Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON -
Rev. 1 I
Backup Procedure Document N~109G0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102% BACKUPPROCEDURE
W S OFF
ECS OFF -
Gross WeigM Cb x 10001
35
25 .-f
X
2 J
4
l5 5e
15 P
0.5
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 32

-
Gross Weight Fg x 10001
109G1580A004 RevA ~1~N-OB-~-155000~d012640365-~-01-1
Figure lC-3 Ground Level and Elevated HeliportlHelideck Back-Up
- -
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
Rev. 1
Document N0l0900040A014 BackYp Procedure
EAPS INSTALLED
BACKUPPROCEDURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS OFF -
Gmss Weight [lb x 10001
4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
-E 8x 7
.-
00
X
k 2 E
zi
P)
1.5 Sa
I 4 f
E 3 e
P
2
0.5
I
0 0
5;E lo
'u
?'g
m c
8
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
-
Gmss Weight pg x 10001
(10901580A004Rev.A 1lCN-OB-A-15500C-G-AO126M)386A-O1-1 I
Figure 1C-4 Ground Level and Elevated HellporUHeiideckBack-I.Jp
-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS ON ECS OFF - -
Rev. 1
CAT A Opetations Optional Equipment Supplements
Backup Procedure Document N"10900040AO14
EAPS INSTALLED
BACKUPPROCEDURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
45 5 5.5 6 65 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
se 8 8
x 7 X
Q 2 .E
' 6
S5
z l 5z i
i
e!
a 3 l l
2
0.5
1
0 0
.g'o E
+
gg 10
2
8
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
-
Gmss Weight kg x 1000]
10901580A004 Rev.A ICNOB-A-1550004-A0126-00387-4-01-1
Figure 1C-5 Ground Level and Elevated HeliportlHelideck Back-Up

-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON - -
Rev. I
A109s RFM S~ppkllWnt7
Document N010900040A014 Back-up Procedure
EAPS INSTALLED
BACKUPPROCEDURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS ON -
Gmss Weight pb x 10001
-
Gross Weight [kg x 10001
1109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OB-A-155000-G-AOl26-00368-A-01-1
Figure 1C-6 Ground Level and Elevated HeliportlHelideckBack-Up

-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS ON ECS ON- -
1 EASA Approved 270906 Page 135 of 282
1 Rev. 1
BackUp Procedure Document W10000040A014
-
SECTION PC NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF
EXTENDED TDP (TDPE) height .............................. 80 R to 500 ft ATS
(24.4 m to 152.4 m)
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF HEIGHTS

Minimum height during CTO .................................... ( T D P - 65 R) ATS
Height at end of CTO distance ................................ Table 4C-1 to 4C-3
Note
For Elevated HeliportIHelideck, refer to
Barometric altimeter.
I Page 138 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opedtlons
Document N'10900040A014 BackYp Procedure
BACKUP TAKE-OFF PROCEDURE FOR GROUND LEVEL AND

ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECK
BACK-UP DISTANCE
Figure 2C-I Take-Off Profile ( Back-Up)

(Ground Level, Elevated HeliportlHelideck)

chart is used (Figures 1C-I to 1C-6).
Collective : MPOG
Parking brake : ON.
message displayed.

Rev. 1
CAT A 0p.mtions Optional Equipment Supplements

Radio altimeter : Check between 0 fi and 5 R.
Take-Off area Check clear.
(See Figure 2C-2)
Note TRQ.
NRIN2 : Check stabilised at 102%
Collective and cyclic stick Apply as necessary to climb ver-
tically with a rate of climb of
500 i 100 PUmin and simulta-
neously initiate a slow back-
ward flight maintaining visual
reference with the far right hand
comer of the heliport. Use 5-10
degrees lefi yaw, if required, to
maintain the visual reference.
Take-Off Decision Point (TDP) :At required TDP height select
up to take-off power and simul-
taneously rotate nose down 15
deg indicated.
(See Figures 2C-3)

Rev. I
Document N'109G0040A014 BackUp Procedure
: When the helicopter achieves

position until V.,
Landing gear lever : UP; at TDPE+ 120 RATS but not

before 200 R.
NR 1 N2 :Check stabilised at 100%.
Climb : Continue climb up to 1000 R
AGL.
:Adjust collective and cydic to
continue climb or cruise speed
as required.
EASA Approved 27Oa46 Paga 139 of 282

Rw. 1 I
CAT A Opmtlons Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Backup Procedum Document N'109GO040A014
Figure 2C-2 Heliport Back-Up Take-Off -View at 3 ft ATS
I Page 140 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A1OgS RFM Supplement 7
Document N'lO9GOMOAOl4 Back-up Procedure
-
Figure 2C-3 Heliport Back-up Take-Off View at 80 ft ATS

Rev. 1 I
A1WS RFM
Back-up Procedure Document N010BG0040A014

LDP height ............................................................... 80 R (24.4 m) ALS
Airspeed ................................................................................... 20 KlAS
*
Rate of Descent ............................................................ 200 50 ftlmin
Note
No variable LDP has been defined as the
Balked Landing distance always ends
before or over the heliport.
Note
For Elevated HeliporVHelideck, refer to
1 Page I42 of 282 274946

Rev. I
EASA Approved
Optional Equip~nt Supplements CAT A Operations
Document N'10%30040A014 BackUp Procedure
GROUND LEVEL AND ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK

APPROACH AND LANDING PROCEDURE
Figure 2C-4 Nonnal Landing Profile

(Ground Level, Elevated HeliporVHelideck)

: Cross check.

carried out to ensure that the applicable
WAT chart is used (Figures 1GI to 1C-6).
Landing gear lever : DOWN and locked.
locked.

Rev. 1
AlO9S RFM
cA~:A Operstlons Optional Equlpmsnt Supplements
Back-Up Procedure Document N*10000040A014

NR 1 N2 : Check stabilized at 102%.
sage operation.
Nose wheel lock :ON.
Parking brake :ON.
message displayed.
Extemal lights : As required.
1 EAPS (if installed):
1 EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches :As requred.
Approach path : Initiate the approach to pass
through the LDP above the
landing site with an airspeed of
20 KlAS (maintaining a positive
forward speed) and with a rate
of descent not higher than
200 i50fVmin. Keep the far
right hand comer of the helipad
in sight during the landing (See
Figure 2C-5).
Landing : From LDP, gradually decelerate
descent to achieve 3 ft (1 m)
hover.
Parking Brake :As required.
Page 144 of 282 2740-06 EASA Appmved

Rev. 1
Document Ne109G0040A014 Backup Procedure
Figure 2C-5 Heliport Approach and Landing -View at 80 RATS

Rev. 1 I
Back-up Procedure Document N'l0900040A014
-
SECTION 3C EMERGENCY AND
GENERAL
engine in the Take-WLanding path and assume the pilot gives first

Off: has to be rejected.

Take-OR has to be continued.

out.

ued.
Procedures dealing with subsequent FailurelMalfunctions, other than
Manual.
I Page 146 of 282 27-48

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N'lOgG0040A014 Back-Up Procedure

rn FAILURE DURING TAKE-OFF
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN HOVER (3 RATS)

cushion touchdown.
cyclic and sirnultaneously
3, Engine -On affected engine, cany out
rn 5. LDG LT and SCHLT (If used) - Respectively OFF and STOW.
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN CLIMB, PRIOR TO TDP

(REJECTED TAKE-OFF)
BACK-UP DISTANCE
ICN-O&A-lSWMOM125WlB.AOl-l
Figure 3C-1 Rejected TakeUff

270906 Page 147 of 282

Rev. I I
CAT A Opetutlons Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Backup Procedure Document N0l0900040A014
1. Collective -As necessary to maintain NR

and OEl limits.
2. Rejected Take-off manoeuvre - If the failure occurs below 50 ft
(15.2 m) ATS, slightly push
over the cydic to bring the heli-
Cany out the manoeuvre
maintaining the far right hand
comer of the helipad in sight.
If the failure occurs at or above
50 ft (15.2 m) ATS, rotate nose
down to a maximum of 15 deg
indicated to obtain forward
speed, and bring the helicopter
back to the ground. Cany out
the manoeuvre maintaining the
far right hand comer of the
helipad in sight.
Perform flare and level heli-
copter to establish the mini-
mum ground speed.
3. Collective -As necessary to cushion land-
ing.
Note
Attention should be paid to avoid touching
the tail first.
the cyclic and simultaneously
required.

Rev. 1
Document N"109G0MOA014 BackUp Procedure
5. Engine - On affected engine,

carry out
(15 EMERGENCY procedure.
6. Parking brake - As Required.

ICNOB-A-1550006-A0128M)420A01-1
Figure 3C-2 Continued Take-Off OEl

(Ground Level, Elevated HeliportlHelideck)
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplenwnts
Back-up Procedure Document NY0900040A014
Collective/Cyclic control
I. -Set nose down attitude of
approximately 25 deg indi-
cated to achieve VToss by
using up to the 2.5 minute
power. Adjust collective to drop
NR not below 90%.
As the speed approaches
VToss reduce nose down atti-
tude. Recover rotor speed and
climb at VToss using 2.5
minute power up to 200R
(61 m) ATS (or TDPE
height + 120 R).
2. Landing gear lever - UP; TDPE + 120 R ATS but not
before 200 R .
3. At 200 R ATS -While climbing, accelerate to
(or TDPE height+120 ft ATS) Vy Continue climb using OEl
continuous power to 1000 R.
4 RPM switch - Set to 100%.
-Check stabilised at 100%.
6. Parking brake - OFF.
7. At 1000 R AGL - On affected engine, carry out
I Page 150 of282 274948

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opemtlonr
Document N'lW00040A014 BackUp Procedure
I EMERGENCY PROCEDURE FOR SINGLE ENGINE

SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE DURING LANDING PRIOR TO LDP

(BALKED LANDING)
I- BALKED LANDING DISTANCE PATH 1 1 PATH 2 1

Figure 3C-3Balked Landing
(Ground Level. Elevated HeliporVHelideck)
1. CollectiveICyclic Control -Apply collective to set 2.5

minute power to lower and
droop NR to not lower than
90% and adopt a 10 deg nose
down attitude change to initiate
an acceleration to VBLss
(30 KIAS).

rate of climb. Reduce nose
down attitude and lower collec-
tive to recover rotor speed.
Continue climb to 200 R ALS
with 2.5 min power.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations optional ~qu~pnwnt
sup-nts
BackUp Procedure Document N010000040A014
3. Landing gear lever - UP; but not before 200 R.

4. At 200 RALS - Accelerate helicopter to Vy
while climbing.
Lower collective to obtain
OEl continuous power.

6. NRIN2 - Check stabilised at 100%.
8. Climb - Continue climb up to 1000 R

ALS.
9. At 1000 R ALS -Adjust collective and cyclic to

as required.
I Page IS2 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM Su~~lement 7
Optional Equipment Supplement8 CAT A &rations
Document N0109G0040A014 Backup Procedure
m (OEl LANDING)
I_ LANDING
DISTANCE
4
ICNOB-A-1550WGA0126M22d-01-1
Figure 3C-4 OEl Landing

1. Collective -As necessary to maintain rotor

NR.
2. OEl landing manoeuvre - If the failure occurs at or above
50 R (15.2 rn) ALS, adopt a
15 deg nose down attitude
change to obtain forward speed,
and approach the landing site.
If the failure occurs below 50 R
(15.2 m) ALS, slightly push
Maintain visual contact with the
right hand comer of the landing
site at all times.
mum ground speed.

Rev. 1 I
BackUp Procedure Document Ne10900040A014
3. Touchdown -After touchdown, centralize the

4. Engine - On affected engine, caw out
-
SECTION 4C PERFORMANCE DATA
GROUND LEVEL AND ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECK
SIZE
Minimum demonstrated heliporVhelideck size ..................15 m x 15 m
(50 ft x 50 ft)

Continued Take-Off (CTO) Distance .................See Table 4C-1 (4C-2)
One Engine Inoperative (OEl) Landing Distance ............100 m (328 ft)
Balked Landing Distance ................................................
160 m (525 ft)
I Rev. 1la *= 27-

EASA Approved
Document Ne10800040A014 Back-up Procedure
BACKUP PROCEDURE HEIGHT and DISTANCE

(Distance in Metric Unit)
109Gl580A001Rev. A
Table 4C-1 HeliporVHelideck Back-Up Take-Off Procedure -

Typical Heights and Distances (Distances in Metric Units)

Rev. 1 I
Supplement 7 A1Ogg RFM
CAT A Opentlons Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Back-up Procedure Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4
BACKUP PROCEDURE HEIGHT and DISTANCE

(Distance in Imperial Unit)
10001580A001 Rev. A ICNQB4-1S5000040126~03458-01-1
Table 4C-2 HellporVHelideck BackYp Take-Off Procedure

Typical Heights and Distances (Distances in Imperial Units)
-
I Page 156 of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document No10900040A014 Backup Procedure

09 Refer to Section 4 - Performance Data in Common Data.
The charts apply from the end of the CTO distance to a height of
TDPE height + 120 ft ATS or from the end of BL distance to a height of
200 ft ALS.

-
These charts apply from TDPE height + 120 ft ATS to 1000 ft ATS for
Take-Off or from 200 fl ALS to 1000 ft ALS for landing.
CLIMB PERFORMANCE
The ROC at VY and MCP OEl, is unchanged from the basic Rotorcraft
rA Flight Manual or the appropriate supplement if ECS andlor EAPS are
installed. I
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
The Figures 4C-1 and 4C-2 demonstrate the process necessary to
calculate the TDPE for an obstacle in the Take-Off Profile and to
ensure that obstacles in the Back-Up profile do not endanger the heli-
copter if a RTO is required.
D ~ ~ o = Continued Take-Off Distance (m)
= Distance from Take-Off position to Obstacle (m)
= Height of Obstacle in Back-Up Profile (ft)
= Height of Obstacle (R)
= Required clearance height above Obstacle (ft)
= 80 ft ATS

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 A1095 RFM
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplenwnb
BadcUp Procedure Document N010900040A014
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE INSIDE THE CTO DISTANCE
TDPE (ft)- Ho + HC + 65
End of CTO distance
Clearance
Height Hc (fI) ,,
0'
1
..-
--__ - . $- D 0 Obstacle
Height- Ho (it)
0 0
Back-Up Distance (m) Obstackr Distance Do (rn)

*
!.. CTO Distance DCTo(m)
Figure 4C-1 Obstacle in Take-Off Profile

A Back-Up Take-Off procedure with the TDPMIN of 80 R ATS would

guarantee a minimum height of 15 R ATS.
The TOPE required to clear an obstacle positioned inside the CTO dis-
tance by the required Hc is:
TDPE (R) = Ho + Hc + 65
I PW ia
Rev. 1
a 282 2 7 a m EASA Approved
Document NO1OgG0040A014 Backup Procedure
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE UNDER BACK-UP PROFILE
I- Obstacle Distance from

HeliporVHelideck (m)
ICN-OB-A~155000-Q-M126QM24-A-Ol-l
Figure 4C-2 Obstacle under Back-Up Profile

If there are obstacles under the Take-Off Back-Up profile then the
obstacle height and position, with respect to the HeliporVHelideck,
must be within the Obstacle Zone as defined by which gives a mini-
mum obstacle clearance height of 35 ft. If Operating Rules define spe-
cific obstacle clearance this must be taken into consideration when
defining the TDPE.
EASA Approved 270906 Page 159 of202

Rev. 1 I
Suppknnnt 7 AlOBS RFM
CAT A Opantlons Optlonai Equipment Supplements
Backup Procedure Document N'l0000040A014
OBSTACLE DISTANCE IN BACKUP PROFILE
( 109G158OA001 Rev. A 1
-
Table 4C-3 Minimum Distance for Obstacle in Back-Up Profile
1 Page 160 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A OpemHons
Document N'109G0040A014 Elevated Hellport
PART D
ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK VERTICAL
PROCEDURE
Page
SECTION 1D LIMITATIONS -
......................................................165 of 282
I
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK LIMITATIONS ..........165 of 282

GROUND SPEED LIMITATIONS .......................................165 of 282
-
SECTION 2D NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF ..........................................................................
172 of 282
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF ...............................................
172 of 282
VERTICAL TAKE-OFF FROM ELEVATED

HELIPORTIHELIDECK ...................................................... 172 of 282
APPROACH AND LANDING ........................................

175 of 282
ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECKAPPROACH AND
LANDING PROCEDURE ..............................................176 of 282
-
SECTION 3D EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
GENERAL .......................................................................... 178 of 282 1

Rev. 1
Elevated Heliport Document N010!3G0040A014
Page

DURING TAKE-OFF ...........................................................
179 of 282
HOVER (3 FT AGL) .................................................179 of 282
PRIOR TO TDP (REJECTED TAKE-OFF) ....................180 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZEDAT
OR AFTER TDP (CONTINUED TAKE-OFF) ................181 of 282

DURING LANDING ............................................................
1 8 of 282
(BALKED LANDING) ..................................................... 183 of 282
(OEl LANDING)..........................................................185 of 282
-
SECTION 4D PERFORMANCE DATA
ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECK SIZE .........................187 of 282

TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 AND PATH 2 ........................ 187 of 282
CLIMB PERFORMANCE .................................................... 1 8 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT Vy ...................187 of 282

Rev. 1
Document N'lO9G0040A014 Elevated Heliport
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1D-I Elevated HeliporVHelideck Vertical Take-Off

and Landing Procedure WAT ECS OFF......... 166 of 282
Figure 1D-2 Elevated HeliporVHelideck Vertical Take-Off
and Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON ..........167 of 282
and Landing Procedure WAT
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ................................... 168 of 282
Figure ID-4 Elevated HeliporVHelideck Vertical Take-Off
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF ....................................169 of 282
-
EAPS OFF ECS ON .....................................170 of 282
EAPS ON - ECS ON....................................... 171 of 282
Figure 2D-1 Vertical Take-Off Profile (Elevated
HeliporVHelideck)........................................ 172 of 282
Figure 2D-2 Normal Landing Profile (Elevated
HeliporVHelideck) ........................................... 176 of 282
Figure 3D-I Rejected Vertical Take-off (Elevated
HeliporVHelideck) ........................................ 180 of 282
Figure 3D-2 Continued Vertical Take-off OEl (Elevated
Figure 3D-3 Balked Landing (Elevated HeliportlHelideck) . 183 of 282
Figure 3D-4 OEl Landing (Elevated HeliporVHelideck)...... 185 of 282

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 Al09S RFM
Elevated Hellport Document N'109GO040AO14
I Page 164 of 282 17-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N'l09GO040AO14 Elevated Hellport
PART D
ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK VERTICAL
PROCEDURE
-
SECTION 1D LIMITATIONS
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS OFF.......... Figure I D - I
Weight Limitation, Take-Off and Landing, ECS ON ........... Figure 1D-2
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF ......................................................
Figure 10-3
W O N - E C S O F F ......................................................
FigurelD4
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ................................................... Figure 1D-5
-
EAPS ON ECS ON ..........................................................Figure 1D-6
ELEVATED HELIPORTIHELIDECK LIMITATIONS

Minimum heliportlhelideck elevation ......................................15 ft AGL


Rev. 1
Suppkment 7 A109S RFM
CAT A Opsratlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Ekvated Heliport Document N0l09G0040A014
I P g e 166 of 282 27-0946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operatlons
Document N0l09G0040A014 Elevated Heliport
WIGHTALTITUDE-TEMPERATURE
VERTICAL PROCEDURE ON ELEVATED HELIPORT
Figure 1D-2 Elevated HeliporVHelideck Vertical Take-Off and

-
Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optional Equipment Supplemnb
Elevated Hellport Document N'109GO040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF Gross Weight - [lb x 10001
Figure 1D 3 Elevated HeliporVHelideckVertical Take-Off and

- -
Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
Rev. 1
Optlonai Equipment Supplements CAT A Operations
Document N01M)G0040A014 Elevabed Heliport
EAPS INSTALLED
WEIGHTALTITUDE-TEMPERATURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS OFF -
4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
-g 8
x 7
-
8
X
k 2 E
6 0
'D
3
1
4
5
1.5 2
fI
f 4
t
P 3 I
2
0.5
1
0 0
u-
H
.G2
$ 5 I0
pg
Ei
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
-
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICNOB-A-l~AO126-W370-A-01-1
Figure 1D-4 Elevated Heliport/Helideck Vertical Take-Off and

- -
Landing Procedure WAT EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved 27-46 Paga I69 of 282
Rev. 1
CATA Operations Optional Equipment Supplements
Ekvated Hellport Documant N'lOSG0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gmss WeigM pb x 1000)

Rev. 1
Document N'l09G0040A014 Elevated Heliport
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS ON -
Gmss Weight @bx 10001
4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5 ,
g 8 8
zx 7
z
X
k 2 E
k
u
6 0
0
5 a
3 1.5 3
i 4 ft
E 3 l b
2
0.5
1
0 0
u E-'
.-C
iE 10
2E
E
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
-
Gmss Weight k g x 10001
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OBA-155000C-A012600372-A-01-1
Figure 1D-6 Elevated HeliporVHelideckVertical Take-Off and
-
Landing Procedure WAT EAPS ON ECS ON - -
Rev. 1
~ ~

Elevated Hellport
-
SECTION 2D NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF

Height .................................................................
35 R (10.6 m) ATS
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF
Minimum height during CTO ....................................................0 RATS
Note
For Elevated HeliporVHelideck, refer to
VERTICAL TAKE-OFF FROM ELEVATED HELIPORT1

HELIDECK
Figure 2D-I Vertical Take-Off Profile

(Elevated HeliportlHelideck)
I Page 172 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equipment Suppkments CAT A Operations
Document N'10900040A014 Elevated Hellport

chart is used (Figures 1D-1 to 1D-6).
Note
Take-Off shall be performed not farther than
7.5 m (25 ft) from heliportlhelideck edge to
assure 15 ft (4.5 m) safety clearance from
this in case of engine failure.
Collective : MPOG
Parking brake : ON.
message displayed.
Caution and Warning messages :Check none.
Radio altimeter : Check between 0 it and 5 R.
Note TRQ.
: Check stabilized at 102%.
EASA Appnwed 27-46 Page I73 of 282

Rev. I
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpnwnt Supplem8nts
E I e M Hellport Document N*100GOO4OAOl4

ADls :Adjust the pitch to indicate zero
Collective and cyclic stick :Apply as necessary to climb ver-
tically with a rate of climb of 500
* 100 PUmin.
Take-Off Decision Point (TDP) :At TDP 35 R (10.6 m) ATS
select up to Take-Off power and
rotate through 10 deg indicated
nose down attitude simulta-
neously.
: When the helicopter achieves
position until V,
Landing gear lever : UP (not below 200 RATS).
RPM Switch : Select 100% at Vy,

Parking brake : OFF
Climb : Continue climb up to 1000 ft
ATS.
At 1000 R ATS :Adjust collective and cyclic to
continue climb or maintain
cruise speed as required
I Page 174 of 282 27-0946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N'lO9GW40A014 Elevated Hellport
I APPROACH AND LANDING

i n
LDP height ........................................................ 80 ft (24.4 m) ALS
Airspeed ................................................................................... 20 KlAS
Rate of Descent ............................................................ 200 * 50 Rlmin
Note
For Elevated Heliport/Helideck, refer to

Rev. 1 I
Elevated Heliport Document N010SG0040A014
ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECK APPROACH AND LANDING

PROCEDURE
Figure 2D-2 Normal Landing Proflle

(Elevated HellporUHelideck)

ADls : Cross check.

canied out to ensure that the applicable
WAT chart is used (Figures 1D-I to 1D-6).
locked.

Rev. 1
Optlonal Equlpment Supplement8 CAT A 0peretIons
Document N010gG0040A014 Elevated Heliport

(r NR 1 N2 : Check stabilized at 102%.
sage operation.
Parking brake : ON.
message displayed.
EAPS (if installed):
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : As requred.
*
200 50 Wmin. Keep the far
right hand comer of the helipad
in sight during the landing.
descent to achieve 3 R ( I m)
hover.

Rev. 1
Elevated Heliport Document Ne10SG0040A014
-
SECTION 3D EMERGENCY AND
GENERAL
engine in the Take-OfflLanding path and assume the pilot gives first



out.

ued.
safe flightlgmund condition have been obtained. The procedures for
the emergency/malfunctioncan be followed according to the appropri-
Manual.
I Page 178 of 282 274446

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N ' 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Elevated Hellport

CI
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN HOVER (3 RATS)

cushion touchdown.
required.
3, Engine - On affected engine,
carry out
w 4. Parking brake
5. LDG LT and SCHLT (if used)
-As required.
- Respectively OFF and STOW.

Rev. I I
CAT A Operatlona Optional Equipment Supplements
Elevated Heliport Document N*10900040A014
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNUED IN CLIMB, PRIOR TO TOP

(REJECTED TAKE-OFF)
Figure 3D-1 Rejected Vertical Take-Off

(Elevated HeliporVHelideck)
1. Rejected Take-off manoeuvre -Adjust collective to maintain

the rotor speed between 98%
and 100% NR and descend
vertically.
Adjust pitch and roll attitude as
required to maintain descent
over the heliport.
2. Touchdown -At approximately 5 - 10 R ATS,
increase collective to cushion
landing.
3, Engine - On affected engine.
cany out
I Page 180 of 282 2 7 4 . 4

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
OpHonal Equlprnent Supplements CAT A Operatlonr
I SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED AT OR AFTER TDP
TDP
V-- 30 KlAS
1
mR
(61 m)
1 1
TAKE-OFF DISTANCE PATH 1 PATH 2

C
Figure 30-2 Continued Vertical Take-Off OEl

Note
During the continued Take-Off manoeuvre
this procedure ensures that the helicopter
will have adequate height not to drop below
the Take-Off surface and it will clear the heli-
port/helideck by not less than 15 fl (4.6 m)
provided that the Take-Off is performed not
farther than 7.5 m (25 fl) from heliport/
helideck edge.
EASA Approved 27-46 Page 181 01 282

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opentlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Ekvrkd Hellport Documenl N70000040A014
I.CollectivelCyclic control -Rotate nose down to a maxi-

mum of 20 deg indicated to
obtain forward speed. Maintain
collective to drop rotor to 92% -
90% NR.
2. Accelerationlclimb -Adjust pitch attitude to stop the

descent and continue the accel-
eration up to VToss (30 KIAS).

VToss (30 KIAS) and a positive
rate of climb, adjust to reduce
pitch attitude, lower collective to
recover NR to 102%, continue
climb to 200 R ATS with 2.5 min
power and level helicopter.
4. 200 RATS -While climbing, accelerate to

Vr Continue climb to 1000 R
ATS using OEl continuous
power.
5. Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 ft ATS)

6. RPM Switch - Set to 100% at V and continue
ff
climb up to 1000 ATS.
7. NRlN2 - Check stabilised at 100%.

Confirm PARK BRK ON caution
9. At I000 ft ATS -On affected engine, carry out

1 Page 182 of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Appmved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A 0peratIons


(BALKED LANDING)
,,
, V, - 20 KIAS VmM= 30 KlAS vv
n
I- BALKED LANDING DISTANCE PATH I

I PATH 2
Figure 3D-3 Balked Landing

(Elevated HeliporVHelideck)
1. CollectivelCyclic Control -Apply collective to set 2.5

(30 KIAS).

rate of climb. Reduce nose
Continue climb to 200 ft ALS
with 2.5 min power.

Rev. I I
CAT A Operations Optlond Equipment Supplements
Ekvated Heliport Document N'109GOMOA014
3. Landing gear lever - UP; but not before 200 R.

4. At 200 ft ALS - Accelerate helicopter to Vy
while climbing.

7. Parking brake -OFF.

8. Climb - Continue climb up to 1000 ft

ALS.
9. At 1000 ft ALS -Adjust collective and cyclic to

as required.
1 Page 184 of282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N'109GO040A014 Elevated Heliport

(OEI LANDING)
\
-
V, 20 KlAS
RoD=2WtSO Wmin
I_ LANDING
DISTANCE
4
Figure 3 D 4 OEl Landing
1. Collective - As necessary to maintain rotor

NR.
50ft (15.2 m) ALS, adopt a
If the failure occurs below 50 R
site at all times.
mum ground speed.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opentlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Elevated Hdlpctrt Document Ne10000040A014

I Page 186 of282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document No10900040A014 Elevated Hellport
-
SECTION 4D PERFORMANCE DATA
n
ELEVATED HELlPORTlHELlDECK SIZE
Minimum demonstrated heliportlhelideck size .................. 15 m x 15 m
(50 ft x 50 R)

Continued Take-Off (CTO) Distance ...............................160 m (525 R)
One Engine Inoperative (OEl) Landing Distance............ 100 m (328 R)
Balked Landing Distance ................................................ 160 m (525 ft)
I
1 TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 AND PATH 2
-
CLIMB PERFORMANCE
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT Vy

The ROC at Vy and MCP OEl, is unchanged from the basic Rotorcrafl
Flight Manual or the appropriate supplement, if ECS andlor EAPS are
installed. I

Rev. 1
Elevated Hellport Document N.lM00040A014
I Page 100 of 282 274046

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N0l0900040A014 Ground Level Hellport
PART E
PROCEDURES
Page
SECTION 1E LIMITATIONS-
......................................................193 of 282
I
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
GROUND SPEED LIMITATIONS ....................................... 193 of 282

-
SECTION 2E NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF ..........................................................................
206 of 282
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF ...............................................206 of 282
VERTICAL TAKE-OFF FROM GROUND LEVEL
HELIPORTIHELIDECK ..................................................206 of 282

2 d 282
GROUND LEVEL HELIPORTIHELIDECKAPPROACH
AND LANDING PROCEDURE ......................................210 of 282
SECTION 3E - EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION

PROCEDURES
GENERAL .........................................................................212 of 282 1
EASA Approved 27-48 Page I 8 9 of 282

Rev. I
Ground Level Heliport Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4
Page

FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF ...........................................
2 3 of 282
HOVER (3 ft AGL) ....................................................I of 282
PRIOR TO TDP (REJECTED TAKE-OFF) ................... 213 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZEDAT OR
AFTER TDP (CONTINUED TAKE-OFF) .......................215 of 282

FAILURE DURING LANDING ........................................
2 1 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE DURING LANDING
PRIOR TO LDP (BALKED LANDING) ........................... 217 of 282
AFTER LDP (OEl LANDING).........................................
2 1 of 282
-
SECTION 4E PERFORMANCE DATA
GROUND LEVEL HELIPORT SIZE ................................... 221 of 282

TAKEQFF AND LANDING DISTANCES ..........................221 of 282
TAKEQFF FLIGHT PATH 1 AND FLIGHT PATH 2 ..........221 of 282
CLIMB PERFORMANCE ....................................................
2 2 of 282
SINGLE ENGINE RATE OF CLIMB AT Vy ................... 194 of 202
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE CLEARANCE ..............................

221 of 282
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE INSIDE THE CTO DISTANCE 221 of 282
Page 190 of 282 27-09-08 EAsA Approved

Rev. 1
Document N'lOBGOMOA014 Ground Level Hellport
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1E-I Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off
Procedure WAT ECS OFF .............................194 of 202
Figure 1E-2 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off
Procedure WAT ECS ON ...............................195 of 202
Figure 1E-3 Ground Level Heliport Landing
-
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF ........ 196 of 202
Procedure WAT EAPS ON- ECS OFF ........... 197 of 202
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ..........198 of 202
Procedure WAT EAPS ON - ECS ON ............199 of 202
Procedure WAT ECS OFF ............................. 200 of 202
Procedure WAT ECS ON ...............................201 of 202
-
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF ........202 of 202
Procedure WAT EAPS ON - ECS OFF ..........203 of 202
Figure 1E-I 1 Ground Level Heliport Landing
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ..........204 of 202
-
Procedure WAT EAPS ON ECS ON ............205 of 202
Figure 2E-1 Vertical Take-Off Profile (Ground Level
Figure 2E-2 Normal Landing Profile (Ground Level
HeliportlHelideck) ...........................................210 of 202
Figure 3E-1 Rejected Vertical Take-Off (Ground Level
HeliportlHelideck) ...........................................213 of 202
Figure 3E-2 Continued Vertical Take-Off OEl
(Ground Level HeliporVHelideck) ...................215 of 202
Figure 3E-3 Balked Landing (Ground Level
Figure 3E-4 OEl Landing (Ground Level
Figure 4E-1 Obstacle in Vertical Take-Off Profile
(Ground Level HeliportlHelideck) ..................222 of 202
Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AlOQS RFM
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpmont Supplements
Ground Level Hellport Document N~lOQG0040A014
1 Page lB2 of 282 2 7 4 9 4 6

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N010900040A014 Ground Level Hellpofi
PART E
PROCEDURE
SECTION 1E LIMITATIONS-
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, ECS OFF ..............................Figure 1E-I
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, ECS ON ................................Figure 1E-2
-
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, EAPS OFF ECS OFF ......... Figure IE-3
-
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, EAPS ON ECS OFF ........... Figure 1E-4
-
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, EAPS OFF ECS ON ........... Figure 1E-5
n -
Weight Limitation, Take-Off, EAPS ON ECS ON ............. Figure 1E-6
Weight Limitation, Landing, ECS OFF ...............................Figure 1E-7
Weight Limitation, Landing, ECS ON .................................Figure 1E-8
-
Weight Limitation, Landing, EAPS OFF ECS OFF ..........Figure 1E-9
-
Weight Limitation. Landing, EAPS ON ECS OFF .......... Figure 1E-10
-
Weight Limitation, Landing, EAPS OFF ECS ON ...........Figure 1E-11
Weight Limitation, Landing, EAPS ON - ECS ON ............Figure IE-12


Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AIOSS W M
Ground L.vel Heliport Document N@10000040A014
-
Gross Weiaht Ika x 10001
Figure 1E-I Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure

-
WAT ECS OFF
I Page 194 of282 27-

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplemnts CAT A Operations
Document No109GW40A014 Ground Level Hellport
Figure 1E-2 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure

-
WAT ECS ON

Rev. 1 I
Ground Level Hellport Document N0109G0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
VERTICAL TAKE OFF PROC. ON GROUND HELIPORT
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -
Gmss Weight [Ib x 10001
-
Gross Weiaht lka x 10001
Figure 1 E 3 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure

- -
Rev. I
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operstlons
Document NolM)G0040A014 Ground Level Hellport
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS OFF -
-
109Gl580A004 Rw.A ICNO&A-155000-Gd0126003746-Ol-l
Figure l E 4 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure

- -
EASA Approved 27-09-08 Page 197 ot 282
Rev. 1
Ground Lovd Heliport Document N0109GO040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Weight Db x 10W]
-
Gmss Weight k g x 10001

- -
Page IS8 of 282 274946 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Document N'10900040A014 Ground Level Heliport
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS ON -
Grcss Weight l b x 10001
-
Gross Weight [kg x 1000j
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OB-A-155000-GdOl26-00376-A-01-1

- -
WAT EAPS ON ECS ON -
EASA Approved 270906 Page IS9 of 282
Rev. 1
AIOOS RFM
CATA Opemtlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Ground Level Hellpott Document N70000040A014
LANDING PROCEDURE ON GROUND HELIPORT n
--'

Rev. 1
Document N'109GOO4OAO14 Ground Level Heliport

Rev. 1
Ground Level Hellport Document N010900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
LANDING PROCEDURE ON GROUND HELIPORT
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF Gross Weight - nb x 10001
3.5
25 7
X
2 E
m
15 4S
"7
1 f
0.5
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2

-
Gross Weight k g x 1000]
10BGl580A004 RevA lCN-0B-A-155OW-G-AO126-00377-A-01-1
Figure 1E-9 Ground Level Heliport Landing Procedure
- -
Pago 202 01 282 2709-08 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Document N0109G0040A014 Ground Level Heliport
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS OFF Gross Weight - [Ib x 10001
4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
8
0
8
0
ex 7
0
X
s 2 E
4-
6 0
Y Y.$
5 I.5
E' E'
= 4
P P
3 1 E
2
0.5
1
0 0
0
-- VI
z+
.-
45
- 10
8
=E
8
20
2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2
Gross Weight - [kg x 10001
109G1580A004Rev.A ICN-OB-A-155000-G-AO126-00378-A-01-1

- -
Rev. 1
AlWS RFM
CAY A Opentions Optlonal Equipnwnt Supplements
Ground Level Hellport Dowment N010900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
WEIGHT-ALTITUDE-TEMPERANRE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gmss Weight [lb x 10001
-
Gmss WebM Ika x 10001
1 1OQG1580A004RevA 1
- -
Page 204 of 282 2749.06 EASA Appmved
Rev. 1
Document No109G0040A014 Ground Level Hellport
EAPS INSTALLED
ROTOR SPEED 102%
EAPS ON
ECS ON Gross Weight - [lb x 10001
Gross Weight - [kg x 10001

109G1580A004Rev.A ICN-OB-A-155000-G-AO126-00380-A-01-1

- -
WAT EAPS ON ECS ON -
Rev. I
Ground Level Heliport Document N0109G0040A014
-
SECTION 2E NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKE-OFF

Extended TDP (TDPE) height................................... 35 ft to 70 ft ATS
(10.6 rn to 21.3 rn ATS)
CONTINUED TAKE-OFF
-
Minimum height during CTO ....................................( T D P 20 R) ATS
Note
VERTICAL TAKE-OFF FROM GROUND LEVEL HEUPORTIHELIDECK
Figure 2E-I Vertical Take-Off Profile

(Ground Level HeliporVHelideck)
I Page 206 of 282 274946

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document Nol09G0040A014 Ground Level Heliport

chart is used (Figures 1E-I to 1E-6).
Collective : MPOG
Parking brake : ON.
message displayed.
Radio altimeter : Check between 0 R and 5 R.
mately 3 ft ( I m) wheel height.
Note TRQ.

Rev. I
Optional Equipment Suppkments CAT A Opentlons
Document NoI0900040A014 Ground Level Heliport

LDP height ............................................................... 80 R (24.4 m) ALS
Airspeed ...................................................................................
20 KlAS
Rate of Descent ............................................................ 200 i 50 fUmin
Note
No variable LDP has been defined as the
Balked Landing distance always ends
before or over the heliport.
Note

Rev. 1 I
Orwnd Level Hellport Docunmnt N ~ l ~ A O l 4
GROUND LEVEL HELlPORTlHELlDECK APPROACH AND

LANDING PROCEDURE
ICNOBA-155WOOA01280041BAOl-1
Figure 2E4 Normal Landing Profile


ADls : Cross check.

canied out to ensure that the applicable
WAT chart is used (Figures 1E-7 to 1E-12).
locked.

Rev. 1
Optional Equlpment Suppkments CAT A &eratlons
Document N'l0900040A014 Ground Level Hellport

sage operation.
Parking brake : ON.
message displayed.
EAPS (if installed):
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : As requred.
200k 50fVmin. Keep the far
right hand corner of the helipad
in sight during the landing.
descent to achieve 3 R ( I m)
hover.

Rev. 1
Ground Level Hellport Document N"lO9G0040A014
-
SECTION 3E EMERGENCY AND
GENERAL



out.

ued.
Procedures dealing with subsequent FailureIMalfunctions, other than
Manual.
I Page 212 of 282 274946

Rev. I
EASA Approved
AlOBS RFM Supplement 7
Document N o 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Ground Level Hellport


cushion touchdown.
3, Engine - On affected
engine, cany out
5. LDG LT and SCHLT (if used) - Respectively OFF and STOW.
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED IN CLIMB PRIOR TO TDP

(REJECTED TAKE-OFF)
ICNOB-A-155W00-A01260W30-A01-1
Figure 3E-1 Rejected Vertical Take-Off


Rev. 1 I
Ground Level Heliport Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4
1. Rejected Take-off manoeuvre -Adjust collective to maintain

the rotor speed between 98%
and 100% NR and descend
vertically.
Adjust pitch and roll attitude as
required to maintain descent
over the heliport.
2. Touchdown -
-At approximately 5 10 RATS,
increase collective to cushion
landing.
I Page 214 of 282 27-09-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A1OOS RFM Supplement 7
Document N*l09G0040A014 Ground Level Hellport

V m . M KIAS
ICNOBAISSWOG-AOlZBM)431-A41-1
Figure 3E-2 Continued Vertical Take- OEl

I. CollectiveICyclic control - Maintain collective to drop NR.

Around 98% NR rotate nose
down approximately 20 deg indi-
cated. Accelerate to VToss
using 2.5 minute power and
adjust collective to maintain rotor
-
droop within 92% 90% NR.
2. Accelerationlclimb -Adjust pitch attitude to stop
descent and continue the
acceleration up to VToss
(30 KIAS)
VToss (30 KIAS) and a posi-
tive rate of climb, adjust pitch
attitude, lower collective to
recover NR to 102%. continue
climb to 200fl ATS with
2.5 min power and level heli-
copter.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opemtions Optional Equlpnwnt S u p p l m
Ground Level Heliport Document Ne10900040A014
-While climbing, accelerate to

Vy. Continue climb to 1OOOR
usingOEl continuouspower.
5. Landing gear lever - UP (not below 200 RATS).

6. RPM Switch -Set to 100%.
7. NRlN2 - Check stabilised at 100%
Confirm PARK BRK ON cau-
tion message NOT displayed.
9. At 1000 R ATS -On affected engine, cany out

EMERGENCY procedure
I Page 216 of 262 274146

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
A1Ogg RFM Supplement 7
Optlonal Equlpment Supplement. CAT A Operations
Document N010900MOA014 Ground Level Hellport


(BALKED LANDING)
=
V
,, 30 KIAS
RoD=2NliSO Wmin
BALKED LANDING DISTANCE PATH 1
Figure 3E-3 Balked Landing

1. CollectivelCyclic Control -Apply collective to set 2.5

(30 KIAS).

VsLss (30 KIAS) and a positive
rate of climb, reduce nose
Continue climb to 200 R ALS
with 2.5 min power.

Rev. 1 I
CAT A Opomtions Optional Equipment Suppknunts
Oround Level Hellport DocumcHlt N*10900040A014
3. Landing gear lever - UP; but not before 200 ft.

4. At 200ftALS - Accelerate helicopter to Vy
while climbing.

8. Climb -Continue climb up to 1000 ft

ALS.
9. At 1000 ft ALS -Adjust collective and cyclic to

as required.
1 Page 218 of 282 27-09-08

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document Ne109G0040A014 Ground Level Hellport
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE RECOGNIZED AT OR AFTER LDP

(OEl LANDING)
L LANDING
DISTANCE
4
ICNOB-A-155OWGA012600422-A-01-1
Figure 3 E 4 OEl Landing

1. Collective -As necessary to maintain rotor

NR.
50 ft (15.2 m) ALS, adopt a
If the failure occurs below 50 it
site at all times.
mum ground speed.
1
EASA Approved 27-09-06 Paga 219 of 282
Rev. 1 I
Ground Level Hellport Document Ne10000040A014

I Page Z O of 282 2749-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A OpemUons
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Ground Level Heliport
-
SECTION 4E PERFORMANCE DATA
GROUND LEVEL HELIPORT SIZE

Minimum demonstrated heliportlhelideck size ..................15 m x 15 m
(50 R x 50 A)

Continued Take-Off (CTO) Distance ...............................160 m (525 R)
One Engine Inoperative (OEl) Landing Distance ............100 m (328 R)
Balked Landing Distance ................................................160 m (525 R)
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 AND FLIGHT PATH 2

-
CLIMB PERFORMANCE

The ROC at Vy and MCP OEl, is unchanged from the basic Rotorcraft
Flight Manual or the appropriate supplement, if ECS andlor EAPS are
installed. I
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
Figure 4E-1 demonstrates the process necessary to calculate the
TDPE for an obstacle in the Take-OR Profile inside the CTO distance.
D ~ ~ o = Continued Take-Off Distance (m)
= Distance from Take-Off position to Obstacle (m)
= Height of Obstacle (R)
= Required clearance height above Obstacle (R)
= 35 RATS
270906 Page 221 of 282

Rev. 1
Ground Level Hellport Document N"109G0040A014
-
TDPE FOR OBSTACLE INSIDE THE CTO DISTANCE
\
'~ End of CTO distance
,,
i
,
---__-- . , Obstacle
Height = H g
15 n o o
I
Obstacle Distance Do),(
I- CTO Distance D c ~),,,(o

cl
Figure 4E-I Obstacle in Vertical Take-Off Profile

(Ground Level HeliportlHelideck)
A Vertical Take-Off procedure with the TDPMIN of 35 R ATS would

guarantee a minimum height of 15 R ATS.
The TDPE required to clear an obstacle positioned inside the CTO dis-
tance by the required Hc is:
TDPE (R) = Ho + Hc + 20 (Maximum TDPE = 70 RATS)
Document Ne10S00040A014 Tralnlng
PART F
CATEGORY A TRAINING PROCEDURES
Page
GENERAL ..........................................................................229 of 282

TRAINING MODE DESCRIPTION
.
SECTION 1F LIMITATIONS
..................................... 230 of 282 I
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION ........................................... 231 of 282
FLIGHT CREW ...................................................................231 of 282
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ...................................................... 231 of 282
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS .........................................
257 of 282
GAS GENERATOR SPEED (NI) .................................
257 of 282
TURBINE OUTLET TEMPERATURE (TOT) ................257 of 282
TRANSMISSION LIMITATIONS ........................................

257 of 282
TORQUE (TRQ).............................................................
257 of 282
INSTRUMENT MARKINGS ................................................

258 of 282
ELECTRONIC DISPLAY UNIT FORMATS....................258 of 282
.
SECTION 2F NORMAL PROCEDURES
TRAINING PROCEDURES ................................................ 263 of 282
EASA Apprwed 270946 Pam 223 of 282

Rev 1 .
Training Document NO10900040A014
Page
-
SECTION 3F EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION
PROCEDURES
,
1 1 EMERGENCY DURING TRAINING ...................................264 of 282
I
-
SECTION 4F PERFORMANCE DATA
I
TAKE-OFF FLIGHT PATH 1 ...............................................

265 of 282
I MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 R (30 m)

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ............................................ 265 of 282
! Page 224 of 282 27-46 EASA Approved

1 Rev. 1
AlOOS RFM Supplement 7
Optloml Equlpmont Supplements CAT A Opamtlons
Document N010000MOA014 Tnlnlng
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure F-I OEl TNG Switch on Engine Control Panel .....230 of 282
Figure 1F-I Clear Area Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT ECS OFF............................233 of 282
Figure 1F-2 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT ECS ON ............................. 234 of 282
Figure 1F-3 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF - ECS OFF.......235 of 282
Figure IF-4 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ........ 236 of 282
Figure 1F-5 Short Field Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT ECS OFF............................237 of 282
Figure IF-6 Short Field Take-Off and Landing
Procedure - WAT ECS ON .............................238 of 282
Figure 1F-7 Short Field Take-OR and Landing
Figure IF-8 Short Field Take-Off and Landing
Figure IF-9 Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
WAT ECS OFF ...............................................241 of 282
Figure 1F-10 Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
WAT ECS ON ................................................. 242 of 282
Figure 1F-I IGround Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
WAT EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ..........................243 of 282
Figure 1F-12 Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ............................244 of 282
Figure 1F-13 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off
Procedure - WAT ECS OFF............................ 245 of 282
Procedure - WAT ECS ON .............................246 of 282
274948 Paw 225 of 282
Rev. 1
CAT A Operetlons Optional Equipment Supplements
Trainlng Document Not09G0040A014
Figure Page
Figure 1F-17 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off n

-
Procedure WAT ECS OFF ............................249 of 282
Procedure - WAT ECS ON..............................250 of 282
Figure IF-I9 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off
-
Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF .......251 of 282
- -
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON......... 252 of 282
Figure 1F-21 Ground Level Heliport Landing
-
Procedure WAT ECS OFF ............................253 of 282
-
Procedure WAT ECS ON.............................. 254 of 282
-
Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF .......255 of 282
-
Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON.........256 of 282
Figure IF-25 EDU 1 - OEl TRAINING Mode........................259 of 282
-
Figure 1F-26 EDU 1 Gas Generator Speed (OEl) .............260 of 282 rn
Figure IF-27 EDU 1 - Turbine Outlet Temperature (OEl).....261 of 282
Figure 1F-28 EDU I- Torque (OEl) .....................................262 of 282
-
Figure 4F-I Take-Off Flight PATH 1 - OEl 2.5 Min Power
- ECS OFF - Gross Weight: 2100 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................266 of 282
-
Figure 4F-2 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power-
-
ECS OFF - Gross Weight: 2400 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................267 of 282
Figure 4F-3 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 - OEl - 2.5 Min Power
-
ECS OFF - Gross Weight: 2700 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................268 of 282
Figure 4F-4 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 - OEl - 2.5 Min Power
- -
ECS OFF Gross Weight: 3000 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................269 of 282
-
- ECS ON - Gross Weight: 2100 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................270 of 282
n
-
-
- ECS ON Gross Weight: 2400 kg
(TRAINING).....................................................271 of 282
Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opentfons
Document N'10000040A014 Training
Figure Page
-
Figure 4F-7 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power
- -
ECS ON Gross Weight: 2700 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................272 of 282
-
Figure 4F-8 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power
-
- ECS ON Gross Weight:3000 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................273 of 282
Figure 4F-9 Take-Off Flight PATH I- OEl - 2.5 Min Power -
- -
EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight:2100 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................274 of 282
-
Figure 4F-10 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power-
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF - Gross Weight:2400 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................275 of 282
Figure 4F-11 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 - OEl- 2.5 Min Power-
- -
EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight:27OO kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................276 of 282
-
Figure 4F-12 Take-Off Flight PATH I OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
- -
EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight:3000 kg
(TRAINING) .................................................277 of 282
-
Figure 4F-13 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
EAPS OFF - ECS ON - Gross Weight:2100 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................278 of 282
-
- -
EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight:2400 kg
(TRAINING) ....................................................279 of 282
-
(TRAINING) ...................................................280 of 282
- -
(TRAINING) ....................................................281 of 282

Rev. 1
Tralnlng Document N'lOgG0040A014
1 Page 228 of 282 27-09-08

Re". 1
EASA Appmved
AlO9S RFM Suppbment 7
Optional Equlpment Suppiamants CAT A Operdons
Document N"10900040A014 Tmlnlng
PART F
CATEGORY A TRAINING PROCEDURES
GENERAL
The Category A Training Procedures are supplied to allow Category A
Emergency Procedures to be carried out at low Take-Off gross weight
and at reduced 'OEl power' in order to conserve engine and transmis-
sion life.
To achieve this an engine training mode is incorporated in the engine
ECU which simulates an engine failure and the corresponding single
engine response and rotor speed characteristics to an engine failure.
Note
To allow the trainee pilot to gain confidence, it is sug-
gested that before the maximum Training Weight is flown,
a weight margin is flown during the CAT A technique
familiarizationlbuild-upflights (eg. a weight reduction).
A weight margin on the maximum Training Weight is also
useful to assess the helicopter performance at lower
than maximum CAT A weight.
EASA Approved 27-46 Pago 22B of 282

Rev. 1 I
Training Document N'lOSG0MOA014
TRAINING MODE DESCRIPTION

The TRAINING mode can be selected through the specific switch OEl
TNG on the engine control panel. (Figure F-1)
I!
III
I
This is a magnetically latched three position switch and TRAINING
mode engagement is only possible if engine torque limiter is enabled
(LIMITER ON).
In a normal flight condition, the switch must be set to neutral, central
position. When the pilot sets the switch to # I (#2) position, the
engine l(2) is set to TRAINING mode while engine 2(1), governed at
N2 = 90%, is disconnected from the drive system thus allowing "safe"
OEl operations. The TRAINING mode is automatically reset by the
ECU in case a critical event should occur (see Section 3F).
The pilot may elect to disengage the TRAINING mode by centering
I the OEl TNG switch or by pressing (hands on controls) the TQ LIM
pushbutton on the collective lever handgrip. Normally, each time the
1 TQ LIM pushbutton is pressed, the torque limiter will change its status
(ONIOFF). But if the TRAINING mode is engaged, the single opera-
I tion of TQ LIM pushbutton will only disengage the TRAINING mode
and the toque limiter status will remain on (LIMITER ON advisory
message still displayed).
r ENG 1 MODE r ENGZMODE
Figure F-1 OEl TNG Switch on Engine Control Panel

Rev. 1
Document N0100G0040A014 Training
SECTION 1F LIMITATIONS -
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
In addition to the helicopter configuration, for Category A operations, the
helicopter must be equipped with both dual controls PIN 109-0810-01-125.
FLIGHT CREW
One instructor pilot and one trainee pilot.
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
- WAT ECS OFF..................................................................
Figure IF-1
- WAT ECS ON ...................................................................
Figure 1F-2
- -
WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF.. ...........................................Figure 1F-3
-
- WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON ..............................................Figure 1F-4
Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure
- WAT ECS OFF..................................................................Figure 1F-5
- WAT ECS ON ...................................................................
Figure 1F-6
- -
WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF.............................................Figure 1F-7
-
- WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON ..............................................
Figure 1F-8
Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck
-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT ECS OFF............. Figure 1F-9
Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck Back-Up
-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON ............Figure 1F-10
I
Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck Back-Up
-
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF
-ECS OFF ........................................................................
Figure 1F-I1

Rev. 1
Training Document N"109G0040A014
Ground Level and Elevated HeliporUHelideck Back-Up
I Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF

-
-
ECS ON .........................................................................
Elevated HeliporVHelideck Vertical Take-Off and
Figure IF-12 FI
-
Landing Procedure WAT ECS OFF ...............................
Figure 1F-13
Elevated HeliporUHelideckVertical Take-Off and
Landing Procedure - WAT ECS ON ................................. Figure IF-14
Elevated HeliportlHelideck Vertical Take-Off and
I -
Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF - ECS OFF .......... Figure 1F-15
Elevated HeliporUHelideckVertical Take-Off and
Landing Procedure - WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON ............Figure 1F-16
Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure
- WAT ECS OFF....... ................ ........ ................................ Figure 1F-17
- WAT ECS ON................ .................................................Figure 1F-18
I - WAT EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ..........................................

- WAT EAPS OFF - ECS ON............................................
Ground Level Heliport Landing Procedure
Figure 1F-20
Figure 1F-19
- WAT ECS OFF ...............................................................Figure 1F-21

- WAT ECS ON.............................................................Figure 1F-22
I - WAT - EAPS OFF - ECS OFF........................................
Figure 1F-23
I Ground Level Heliport Landing Procedure

- WAT - EAPS OFF - ECS ON .........................................Figure 1F-24

Rev. 1
Optlonal Equipment Suppkments CAT A operations
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Tralnlng
WEIGHT-ALTITUDE-EMPERATURE
CLEAR AREA
ROTOR SPEED 102% Training
ECS OFF -
Gross WebM @b x 10001
2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1
-
Gross WeigM k g x 10001
~109G1580AOOlRW.B] I I C N - O B - A - 1 ~ 0 1 2 6 0 0 3 2 7 d 4 2 - I1
-
Figure IF-1 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
WAT ECS OFF
EASA Approved
Trainlng Document N0lO9G0040A0l4
WEIGWT-ALmUDE-TEMPERATURE
CLEAR AREA
ROTOR SPEED 102% Tnlnlng
ECS ON -
Gross Weight pb x 10001
-
Figure 1F d Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
WAT ECS ON
I Pago 234 of 282 274906

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
-
G m u Weight mg x 10001
109GI580A004 Rw.A ICN-OB-A-l55WO-GAOl2~-O1-1
--
Figure 1F-3 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
EASA Approved 27-46 Paga 235 of 282
Rev. 1
Training Document N'109G0040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
CLEAR AREA
ROTOR SPEED 102% TRAINING
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Welght pb x 10001
3.5
2.5
S
0
zx
=
m
0
a
Y
1.5 3
Sm
m
e!
1 n
0.5
2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1
-
Gross Weight mg x 10001
109G1580A004 Rev.A 1ICN-OB-A-155000-G-A0126-00464-A-OI-1
-
Figure 1F-4 Clear Area Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON- -
Rev. I
A109s RFM Suppbment 7
Optlonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Opedons
Document N'1 0900MOA014 Training
WEIGHT-ALmDE-TEMPERATURE
SHORT FIELD
ECS OFF -
omgi Weight @bx 10001
2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1
omgi Weight kg x- 1oOOl
10901580~001~ev.61 ICNOBA-155MX)-OAOl2800325A-Q2-1
-
Figure 1F5 Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure
-
WAT ECS OFF

Rev. I
Training Document N'l09G0040A014
SHORT FIELD
ECS ON -
3.5
2.5 ES
0
z
X
2 L
1.5
-2m
3
S
0
f.
0.5
2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1
-
Gross Weight [kg x 10001
109G1580A001 Rev.A IICNO&A-155000G-A0126M1332-AO1-1
-
Figure IF-6 Short Field Take-Off and Landing Procedure
WAT ECS ON
-
Rev. 1
Optlonai Equlpnwnt Suppiemenbr CAT A Opedons
Document N'lOBGOWOAOl4 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
SHORT FIELD
W S OFF
ECS OFF Gmgs weight - Fb x 1000]
45 5 55 6 65
12
3.5
11
10 3
9
2.5
-g
x 7
-
8
X
k 2 L
j 0
3 1.5 3
5
0
4
3
5
n
2
0.5
I
0 0
z-
H
25 I 0
bt
8
20 1 I I \I 1 x 1 I\ I I\ I I
2 21 22 23 2.4 2.5 2.6 2 7 2.8 2.9 3 31
-
Gross Welght (kg x 10001
10901580A004 RevA ICN-O&A-l5500(Hjd012~-OI-l
-
- -
Rev. 1
Training Document N"109GOWOA014
EAPS INSTALLED
SHORT FIELD
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Weight Db x 10001
-
Gmss WeigM [kg x 10001
109G1580A004 Rev.A ICN-OB-A-l5500QG-A012&00465A-Ol-l I
-
- -
Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Opentlons
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4 Training
WEIGHT-ALllTUDE-'EMPERANRE
BACKUPPROCEDURE
ECS OFF -
Grwrs Weight fib x 10001
Gross Welghl - R x IOW]

1090158oAoo1 Rev.6 IICN-0&A-155000-0d0126-W32aAO2-1I
-
Figure 1F-9 Ground Level and Elevated HelipWHelideck BackYp
Take4ff and Landing Procedure WAT ECS OFF - I
Rev. 1
CAT A OperaHons Optional Equipment Supplements
Training Document N'lOBG0040A014
BACKUP PROCEDURE
ECS ON -
Gm9, Wdght [lb x 10001
4.5 5 5.5 8 8.5
12
3.5
11
10 3
-E
x 7 x
k 2 z
: 1.5
e
a
'h
2
0.5
1
0 0
-110
?
I8
20
2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1
Om~W~-Ikp~1oOo]
109G1580A001 Rw.A IICN-OB-A-15500QGJU)l2SM)3334-01-1 I
:igure IF-10 -Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideck BackYp
Take- and Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON -
Rev. 1
Optlonai Equipment Supplements CAT A Operations
Document N0109G0040A014 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
BACKUPPROCEDURE
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -
-
109G1580A004 RevA ICN-OB-A-1550000AOl26-00467-MI-1
-
Figure 1F-11 Ground Leveland Elevated HeliporUHelideckBack-up
- -
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
Rev. 1
Trainlng Document N010000040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
BACKUP PROCEDURE
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Weight flb x 10001
-
Gross Weight kg x 10001
1OQG1580A004RevA ICNOB-A-155000-GA012W046SA~l-I
Figure 1F-12 -Ground Level and Elevated HeliporVHelideckBackUp

- -
Take-Off and Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON -
Rev. 1
AIMS RFM Supplement 7
Document N 0 1 ~ ~ A O 1 4 Tralnlng

Rev. I
CAT A Opemtlons Optlonel Equlpnmnt Supplements
Ttalnlng Documant N010900040A014
I -
Figure 1F-14 Elevated HeiiporVHelldeckVertical Take-Off and
-
Landing Procedure WAT ECS ON
Psge 246 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
AlWS RFM Supplement 7
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements CAT A Opemtlons
Document N0109GW40A014 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -
Gmss Weight @bx 10001
109G1580A004 R9v.A ICN-OB-A-1550OO-GA0128004B~A01-1

-
Figure 1F-15 Elevated HeliportlHelideck Vertical Take-Off and
- -
Landing Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
Rev. 1
CAT A Operations
Tralning
EAPS INSTALLED
WEIGHTALTITUDE-TEMPERATURE
EAPS OFF
ECS ON -
Gross Weight l b x 10001

Rev. 1
A109s RFM Supplemnt 7
Document N709G0040A014 Tralnlng
I j \I I
ECS OFF -
Gross Weight @bx 10001
Gross Weight - wg x lOOO]

109G1580AWl Rev.0 [1~~0~-~-15~~012~~)330-~-0 I
-
Figure 1F-17 Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take-Off Procedure
-
WAT ECS OFF
I
Rev. 1
T~lnitIg Document N'lO8I30040AO14
WEIGHTdLTITUDE-TEMPERATURE
ROTOR SPEED 102%
TRAINING
ECS ON G m Wwht - l b x 10001
45 5 5.5 6 6.5
12
35
11
10 3
9
25
8 8
zx 7
r
X
k 2 E
' 6 0
1 5 I 5 j
$
E
a 3
4
I d
I
2
05
1
0 0
-1m
milo
H
20
2 21 22 23 24 25 26 2 7 28 29 3 31
-
Gmss WegM wg x 1000]
109G1580AW1 Rev B ICN-O&A-155000G-A012800334-A-02-1
I Figure IF-18 -Ground Level HeliportVertical Take- Procedure

WAT ECS ON -
Page 250 of282 27.0906 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Document N'l09G0040A014 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
EAPS OFF
ECS OFF -

Rev. 1
CAT A Opemtlons
Tminlng
EAPS INSTALLED
EAPS OFF
ECS ON Grcss WeigM - pb x 10001
-
1109G1580A004 RevA ICN-0B-A-155OWG-A0126004726-01-1
Figure IF-20 -Ground Level Heliport Vertical Take- Procedure

- -
Page 252 of282 27-09-06 EASA Approved
Rev. 1
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements CAT A &rations
Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4 Trainlng
EASA Approvd 27-46 Page 253 of 282

Rev. 1
Supplement 7 AIO9S RFM
CAT A Opentions Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Tmlnlng Document N'l0SG0040A014

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Suppkmenb CAT A Operations
Document N'10900040A014 Training

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations OpUonal Equipment Supplements
Tralnlng Document N'10900040A014
10901580A004 RevA 1lCN-08-A-1550006AOlW74A-01-1 I

--
-
Procedure WAT EAPS OFF ECS ON -
Rev. 1
Document NOl0900040A014 Training
POWER PLANT LIMITATIONS
GAS GENERATOR SPEED (Nl)
Training (OEl)
Continuous Operation
2.5 minutes range
Maximum
TURBINE OUTLET TEMPERATURE (TOT)
Training (OEl)
Maximum continuous
2.5 minutes range
Maximum
TRANSMISSION LIMITATIONS
TORQUE (TRQ)
Training (OEl)
Maximum continuous
2.5 minutes range
Maximum

Rev. 1 I
Tralnlng Document N"109G0040A014
INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
ELECTRONIC DISPLAY UNIT FORMATS

The main display unit formats are:
-CRUISE
- OEl TRAINING
AUTOROTATDM
I- AUXILIARY
I Page 258 of 282 2709-06

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Opttonal Equipment Supplements CAT A Operattons
Document N'lOBG0040A014 Tnlnlng
-
Figure 1F-25 EDU 1 OEl TRAINING Mode
Note
The OEl TRAINING mode can be selected
by the pilot at any time but it is automatically
reverted to CRUISE mode (either OEl or
AEO, as applicable) if a single or dual
engine failure condition occurs or if the ECU
suppresses the training command.

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations Optional Equlpnwnt Supplements
Trainlng
2.5 MIN 99.8% -
0% -u
OEl TRAINING format
I -
Figure 1F-26 EDU I Gas Generator Speed (OEl)

Rev. 1
A109s RFM ~

Document Na109GW40A014 Training
2.5 MIN 900°C --
OEl TRAINING format
Figure IF-27 EDU 1 -Turbine Outlet Temperature (OEl)

Rev. 1
Tralnlng Docunwnt N'109G0040A014
9
TRQ
2.5 MIN 133% +.

MAX. CONTINUOUS 107% -,
0% - I
OEl TRAINING format
ICNO&A-1550006d012gMlU7-A-01-1
Figure IF-28 EDU 1 -Torque (OEl)

Rev. 1
AI09S RFM Supplement 7
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A Operatlons
Document N'lO9G0040A014 Training
-
SECTION 2F NORMAL PROCEDURES
n
TRAINING PROCEDURES
Training activities must be carried out by strictly following the same
profiles presented in Part A to Part E of this supplement.
Training procedures can be considered completed at the end of flight
path 1.
Engine failure may be simulated by setting the OEl TNG switch to # I
(#2).In this way the engine # I (#2)will set to TRAINING mode (see
Section 1 for the specific limitations) and at the same time the engine
#2 (#I) will be slowed down to 90% N2.
Note
Flight below 90% NR is prohibited. The ECU
will automatically abort the TRAINING mode
if the NR falls below 87%.
Note
Every 5 simulated engine failures utilize the
other engine in order to consume the life of
both engines equally.
To exit the TRAINING mode set the OEl TNG switch to the central
position or press TQ LIM pushbutton on collective lever handgrip. 1

Rev. 1
Suppkment 7 A1OQSRFM
CAT A Operations Optional E a u i m n t S u ~ ~ l e m n t s
Training
SECTION 3F EMERGENCY AND -

EMERGENCY DURING TRAINING

At any time during the drill the training mode can be aborted automati-
cally by the ECU or manually by the pilots.
The ECU automatically aborts or does not permit the TRAINING mode
selection should any of the following events occur:
- The rotor speed (NR) drops below 87%;

- A critical failure to either engine;
-An engine flameout or reduction at IDLE setting;
- An ECU failure or any discrete non-critical fault,
- A reversion to MANUAL mode;
- The loss of ARlNC cross-talk between the two ECUs;
-Any engine mode switch not in a flight position;
I - TQ LIM pushbutton operated.
Note
When the TRAINING mode is aborted, the
OEl TNG switch automatically trips to the
central position.
Both the instructor and the trainee pilot can, at any time, abort the
TRAINING mode by setting the OEl TNG to the central position or by
) operating the TQ LIM pushbutton.

Rev. 1
Optional Equipment Suppkments CAT A Operations
Document Ne10900040A014 Training
In TRAINING mode the engine limit governing is set not to overcome

the following limits:
Torque OEl ................................................................................... 133%
TOT ............................................................................................ 900 "C
N1 ...............................................................................................99.8%
Once the TRAINING mode is aborted, both engines resume running
matched at the pilot requested power and the EDUI automatically
reverts to CRUISE AEO mode.
SECTION 4F PERFORMANCE DATA -

The distance information in Part A to Part E of this supplement is also
valid for training.
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE

The mean height gained in 100 ft (30 m) of horizontal distance trav-
elled during an OEl climb at VTossor VsLss and 2.5 min power OEl is
I
shown in Figures 4F-I to 4F-4 (ECS OFF), Figures 4F-5 to 4F-8 (ECS
ON) and Figures 4F-9 to 4F-16 (with EAPS OFF and ECS in OFF and
ON conditions) for various altitudes, temperatures, weights and head-
wind components.
Note
Headwind component should be obtained
from the Wind Component Chart in Section 4
of this Supplement.
For the applicability of each single chart refer to the respective Part in
this Supplement.
EASA Approved 27-09-08 Page 265 d 282

Rev. 1
Training Document N0109G0040A014
TAKE OFF FLIGHT P A M 1

TRAINING
ROTOR WEED: 1W %
v-:aoIcus
ELECTRICALLOID: 1% A
ECS OFF
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fI(W m) H O R E M A L MSTANCE R
-
Figure 4F-1 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power -
-
ECS OFF Gross Weight: 2100 kg (TRAINING)
I Rev.
pw266I "" EASA Approved
Document N'109GW4OA014 Training

TRAINING
ELECTRIC& LOAD: 150 A
ECS OFF
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
- -
Figure 4F-2 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power
-
-

Rev. 1 I
Tralnlng Document No10900040A014

TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED. 1Q % ELECTRICAL LO- 150 A
vTOSB:ao1(U8 Ecs OFF
- -
Figure 4F-3 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power -
-
I Page 2 l of 282 274946

Rev. I
EASA Approved
Document N0109G0040A014 Tralnlng

TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 X ELECTRlCU LOAD: 150 A
v-: 30 K u s ECS OFF
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 fl(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
-
Figure 4F4 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Min Power
ECS OFF -Gross Weight: 3000 kg (TRAINING)
-
Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operatlonr Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Tralning Document N0l0900040A014

TRAINING
ROTOR (IPEED: I
1 1K
vlor:30mAs
ELECTWCU LOM: 150 A

Ecs ON
0 5 10152025303540455055606570
-
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 (t (30 m) HORWNTAL DISTANCE fl
Figure 4F-5 Take- -

Flight PATH 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power
-
ECS ON Gross Weight: 2100 kg (TRAINING)
- -
I Page 270 of282 27-
Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document N 0 1 ~ A O 1 4 Training

2.5 MINUTE POWER OEi
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 K ELECTRICAL LOID: 150 A
vTOSS: 30 KUS Ecs ON
-
Figure 4F-6 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl- 2.5 Mln Power -
ECS ON -Gross Weight: 2400 kg (TRAINING)

Rev. 1 I
Training Document N010%0040A014
TAKE OFF FLIGHT PAM 1

TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 X ELECTRICAL LOID: 160 A
v-: 90 la46 ECS ON
WAN HEIGHT MINED IN 100 fI(30 m) HORKOWAL DISTANCE
- -
-
-
I" 272 of 282 27-46
Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Document Nel0%0040A014 Tralnlng

TRAINING
vTw: 30 W S ECS ON
- -
-
-
Rev. 1 I
CAT A Operations Optlond EquipmentSupplements
Training Document N010000040A0l4
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ELECTRICALLOM: 1W A
UPS OFF EC8 OFF
mamms!m
- - - -
Flgure 4F-9 Take-Off Flight PATH I OEl 2.5 Min Power
EAPS OFF ECS OFF Gross Weight: 2100 kg (TRAINING)
-
Rev. 1
A1OgS RFM S u ~ ~ h7 n t
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A 0peratIons
Document Ne10900040A014 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 K
Vloa:aOKlAS
13
12
35
11
-
x
10
9
30 8
C
X
t
B 25 "B
# 7 t;
z 6
20 =
W
i 5 15
n
z
W
a
> 4
lo #
i
E 2 #
1 #
P
0 0
-1
e 0
5
Y
10
15
a
X
20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ft-
n@m@mEm Wl--Ml?aoorIbA4l.U
- -
Figure 4F-10 Takedff Flight PATH 1 OEI 2.5 Min Power -
- -

Rev. 1
CAT A Operations Optlonal Equlpmant Supplements
Training Document No109G0010A014
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: lCQ% ELECTRWL LOID: 160 A
v(D..:¶oI(UB EIPSOFFECSOFF
=
-
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN H W T QAINED IN 100t(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
- -
- -
-
Page 276 of282 27-08 EASA Approved
Rev. I
Document N'l0900040A014 Training
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 K ELECTRICAL LOAD: IS0 A
wan: SO I M S EIPSOFFEC80FF
13
12
35
11
H.- 10
.-
8
x 9
a
X
ki
I!! 8
# 7 -a ?
z 6
#
2
Y
5 15
a
a 4
i
g
t 10
% 2
5 Y
ti
1 %
0 0
-1
$ 0
PY
5
10
5 15
20
I 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE It -
1 1 0 9 0 1 W R N A f ~&l--MlZUW47&A014

- -
- - -
Rev. 1
Training
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 X ELECTRICAL LOID: I S 0 A
V(ar:m1(U8 EAPsoFFECgON
13
12
11
Q
P
10
;
Y
X
z
'
6
2
Y
5
a 4
iE 2
1
0
-1
E O
10
g ;:,
I 0
- : .; : -: : .: : ;
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 80 65 70
5
:
MEAN HEIGHT W E D IN 100 fl(30 m) HORKOHTAL DISTANCE fl

-
EAPS OFF ECS ON -Gross Weight: 2100 kg (TRAINING)
- -
: ; ,
-
-

Rev. I
Optional Equlpment Supplements CAT A Operatlonr
Document N'l OBGOMQA014 Tlalning
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ROTOR SPEED: 102 % ELECTRICAL LOID: 1SO A
W m : SO KUS UPS O R ECS ON
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 ft (30 m) HORlZONTAL DISTANCE -
- -
- -
EAPS OFF ECS ON Gross Weight: 2400 kg (TRAINING)
-
Rev. 1
Tmlnlng Document No10900040A014
EAPS INSTALLED
TAKE OFF N G H T PATH 1
TRAINING
ELECTRlWW.ISOA
EAPSoFFECsoN
13
12
35
11
-"
H 10
9
.-
8
x
Ii 25 2
Y 8
E
w 7
20!
8
8
2
w
5
" 9u
a 4
i
a
P 2
10 ;
ra
n
5 1
1 B
0 0
-1
% O
5
10
15
s *O
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
I 0
-
MEAN HEIGHT W E D IN 100 fl(30 m) HORlZOMAL DISTANCE ft
m3mKmEm
- -
- -
-

Rev. 1
A109s RFM S u ~ ~ k m e 7n t
Optional Equipment Supplements CAT A 0perations
Document N010BGOMOA014 Tralnlng
EAPS INSTALLED
TRAINING
ELECTRICAL LO*D: 150 A
EAPS OFF EM) ON
MEAN HEIGHT GAINED IN 100 11(30 m) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
DmEmmKm
- -
Figure 4F-16 Take-Off Flight PATH 1 OEl 2.5 Min Power -
- -

Rev. 1
Supplemant 7 A l m s RFM
Training Document No10S000110A014
I Page 282 of 282 27-46

Rev. 1
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Suppkmants External Hdst
Document K 1 ~ A 0 1 4
EXTERNAL HOIST
PIN 109-0812-31
* This Supplement shall be amacned to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

when the External Hoist is installed.
supplement, consult the basic Rotorcraff Flight Manual.

Optional Equipment Supplements External Holst
EXTERNAL HOIST
PIN 109-0812-31

m when the External Hoist is installed.
ISSUE : 23 MAY 2006

A l m s RFM Suppkmmt 8
O p t i o ~Equlpmnt
i Supplements Extorn& Hoist
Document N * l ~ A O 1 4
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue EASA Approved on behalf
EASA.RA.01369
Supphmont 8 AIOSS RFM
Extwnd Hoist O p t l o ~Equlprmnt
l Suppknnnts
Doumnnt Nm10000040AM4

Optlonal Equipment Supplements External Holst
Document N'l OgG0040A014
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
- Issue EASA Approval
EASA.R.C.01715
dated 23 May 2006
EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM
EASA Approved
AlOSS RFM Su~~bment8
Optional Equlptnent Supplements Exddmel st


page Revision No Page Revlslon No

'Title page 0
'A-1 and A-2 0
'Bl and 5 2 0
i thru hr 0
-
1 thru 28 of 30 0
PART II - MANUFACTURER'S DATA
29 and 30 of 30 0
A100S RFM
aatbd Equlpnwnt 0UPP-b
Doumant N1
.1
-4

Optional Equlpment Supplements External Hoist

m

Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i thru iv 0
-
1 thru 28 of 30 0
-
29 and 30 of 30 0
Supplement 8 A1OW RFM
External Holst Optional Equipment Supplements
Document N'lOBG0040A014

Optional Equipment Supplements External Hoist
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
.
GENERAL ..............................................................................1 of 30
RADIO ICS SYSTEM (HEC) ...................................................
2 of 30
POLYCON COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS 2 of 30
.
FLIGHT CREW LIMITATIONS ........................................ 4 of 30
I fi WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS .......... 4 of 30
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS ......................................................

9 of 30
LOAD LOWERING OR RAISING ...................................... 9 of 30
MAXIMUM SPEED WITH EXTERNAL HOISTED LOAD .. 9 of 30
HOIST LIMITATIONS ............................................................. 9 of 30
PLACARDS ............................................................................10 of 30
.
EXTERNAL PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS ......................................

11 of 30
PILOT'S PRE-FLIGHT CHECK ......................................... 11 of 30
j h ENGINE PRE-START CHECK ............................................ 13 of 30

External Hoist Optional Equipment Supplements
Page
SYSTEMS CHECK ...............................................................

13 of 30
HOIST SYSTEM ................................................................13 of 30
IN FLIGHT ...............................................................................
15 of 30
HOIST OPERATING PROCEDURE .................................. 15 of 30
LITTER HOISTING ............................................................ 17 of 30
ADVISORY CAPTIONS DEFINITIONS .................................. 18 of 30
.
PROCEDURES
CAUTION SYSTEM ................................................................

19 of 30
TABLE OF CAUTION MESSAGES ...................................19 of 30
HOIST LOAD JETTISON (CABLE CUT) ........................... 20 of 30
HOIST CABLE CUT ARMED .............................................21 of 30
HOIST CABLE FOULED...................................................
22 of 30
HOIST MOTOR WARNING LIGHT ....................................23 of 30
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURES................................... 24 of 30
.
OPERATIONS VS ALLOWABLE WIND ................................ 24 of 30

.
DATUM LINE LOCATIONS .................................................... 29 of 30

.
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ..................................29 of 30
Optlonal Equipment Supplements External Hoist
Document N010900MOA014
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure Page
Figure 1-1 Weight and Longitudinal CG limits (metric units). 5 of 30
Figure 1-2 Weight and Longitudinal CG limits (imperial units)6 of 30
Figure 1-3 Weight and Lateral CG limits (metric units ..........7 of 30
Figure 1-4 Weight and Lateral CG limits (imperial units) ......8 of 30
Figure 1-5 Internal Placards............................................ 10 of 30
Figure 2-1 Hook Locking Screws ........................................ 12 of 30

OPERATIONS VS ALLOWABLE WIND
Figure 4-1 WindlGround Speed Azimuth Envelope for
Hoist Operations - Chart A ................................25 of 30
Figure 4-2 WindlGround Speed Azimuth Envelope for
Hoist Operations - Chart B ................................27 of 30
Figure 6-1 Hoist Station and Butt Line ................................29 of 30
230508 ill
External Hoht Optional Equlpnwnt Supplements
Documant N'109G004QA014

Document NO1OgG0040A014
GENERAL
fi The external hoist PIN 109-0812-31 enables lowering Iraising of Non
Human External Cargo (NHEC) or Human External Cargo (HEC) in
areas where landing cannot be carried out.
The external hoist consists of:
- an electric hoist motor and winch assembly,
- a mounting frame,
- a step bar protection on the lower right side of the fuselage,
- an electronic control system that allows the pilot to operate the
hoist,
- an electronic remote pendant that allows the hoist operator to
operate the hoist,
- a cable payout display for the pilot and one for the hoist opera-
tor,
- a radio-ICS system to allow communication among crew-mem-
bers and the Human External Cargo (HEC),
- electrical components, wiring and relative hardware,
- a hoist operator safety harness and locking ring,
- a manual cable cutter for emergency use by the hoist operator.
The hoist unit contains 245 ft (75 m) of usable cable.
Cargo hoisting and lowering can be controlled by the hoist operator
through the remote pendant thumbwheel which provides variable
cable speeds on command. The pilot can also control the operation at
a fixed cable speed through the hoist control switch on the cyclic grip.
Setting the load selection switch on the remote pendant to the 250 LB
position, loads up to a maximum of 250 Ib (113 kg) may be lifted or
lowered at speeds up to 60 mlmin (200 Rlmin). When the switch is set
to the 600 LB position, loads up to 600 Ib (272 kg) may be lifted or low-
ered at speeds up to 30 mlmin (100 ftlmin).
n The hoist is provided with a cable foul protection system which auto-
matically stops the motor if the cable is not properly reeled-in on the
drum and displays the HOIST CABL LKD caution message on the
EDUI.

External Hoist Odonal Eaulvment Sup~lements
The external hoist installation is provided with an electrical cable cut

system operated by the pilot. If an emergency condition should require
the release of the hoisted load, the pilot should release the load by
pressing the pushbutton on the cydic grip.
In the event of a failure of the electrical cable cut system, the cable
should be cut with manual cable cutter accessible to the hoist operator.
RADIO ICS SYSTEM (HEC)
POLYCON COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Communication Processing Unit ............................... PIN 004-RLI-00U
Portable Transceiver ....................................................
PIN MP 20-00U
This or an equivalent approved RADIO-ICS system is required for
HEC operations.
The system is linked to the aircraft ICS and provides a wireless com-
munication link between the HEC portable transceiver and the crew.

A1O M RFM Supplement 8
Document N0l0S00040A014
-
TYPE OF OPERATION
Hoist operation must be authorized by the Competent Authority in
accordance with the applicable National Operating Regulations.
The design of the hoist installation is suitable for lowering Iraising on
board loads or human cargo, with the helicopter in hover, in areas
where landing cannot be accomplished provided that, for HEC opera-
tions a Personnel Carrying Device System (PCDS) approved by the
Competent Authority must be used.
Hoist operation is approved for:
- VFR conditions with visual contact with the ground.
- Wih the right passenger sliding door removed or locked open.
For HEC operations an approved Radio-ICS system must be installed
and operated in accordance with the applicable National Operating
Regulations.
Flight with an external hoist load must be limited to reach an area suit-
able for load recovery.
With the external hoist installed and cabin doors closed operations in
accordance with the basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual (RFM) may be car-
ried out.

Document N'10SG0040A014
FLIGHT CREW LIMITATIONS

The minimum flight crew consists of one pilot and one hoist operator.
The hoist operator must be restrained by a safety harness during all
phases of hoist operation and shall wear protective gloves to guide the
cable at any time during hoist operation.
The maximum weight of hoist operator must be 90 kg (198 Ib).
The hoist operator shall be familiar with hoist operating procedures
and limitations.
During all phases of operation, the operator must have a manual cable
cutter readily available.
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS

After external hoist installation, the new empty weight and center of
gravity location must be determined.
The longitudinal CG and lateral CG limits, when flying with external load
attached on the hoist, are shown in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2 , and in
Figure 1-3 and Figure 1 4 respectively.

Optional Equlpment Supplements External Holst
Document Ne10900MOA014
1600 1
3100 3150 3200 3250 3300 3350 3400 3450 3500 3550
Longitudinal Station (mm)
Figure 1-1 Weight and Longitudinal CG limits

(metric units)

External Hoist
. - . ..- ..
I--- I ----r
122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140
Longitudinal Station (in)
Figure 1-2 Weight and Longitudinal CG limits

(imperial units)

Optlonal Equipment Supplements External Holst
~ - --
-100 -60 -20 20 60 100 140 180

Lateral Station (mm)
Figure 1 3 Weight and Lateral CG limits

(metric units)

A1OgS RFM
Optional Equlpment Supplements
Document N010900040A0l4
-4,O -3.0 -2,O -1.0 0,O 1,O 2.0 3.0 4,O 5.0 6.0 7,O
Lateral Station (In)
Figure 1-4 Weight and Lateral CG limits

(imperial units)
LOAD LOWERING OR RAISING

For NHEC, the hoist operation (cable and load raising or lowering) is
permitted with the helicopter in hover or in forward flight up to 30 KlAS
*
within 300 ft vertical speed.
MAXIMUM SPEED WITH EXTERNAL HOISTED LOAD

Maximum forward speed (within k 10 deg azimuth) ................ 50 KlAS
Maximum ground speed (from 10 to 350 deg azimuth) ..............20 Kts
HOIST LIMITATIONS
Maximum hoist load ......................................................
272 kg (600 Ib)
Maximum available hoist cable length ..............................75 m (245 ft)
EASA Approved
PLACARDS
CAUTION
THE HOlST OPERATOR MUST BE
RESTRAINED BY A SAFETY HARNESS
DURING ALL PHASES OF HOlST
OPERATION AND SHALL WEAR
PROTECTIVE GLOVES TO GUIDE
THE CABLE AT ANY TIME DURING
HOlST OPERATION.
IN CLEAR VlEW OF
HOlST OPERATOR
I TYPICAL IN 2 PLACES ]
IF K)R ANY REASONS

THE HOIST STOPS,
IN CLEAR VlEW OF DWNQ RAISING OR
HOlST OPERATOR LOWERIN0 OPERATION.
M) NOT ATTEMPT TO
FREE K BY ACTUATINQ
THE CONTROLLER.
CONTlNUEO OPERATION
MAY CAUSE TOTAL
CABLE FAILURE. LAND
IN CLEAR VlEW OF
PILOT AND HOlST OPERATOR
ICNOBA-155WO-G4012800155-A41-1
Figure 1-5 Internal Placards

Document Ne10800040A0l4
-
EXTERNAL PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS
PILOT'S PRE-FLIGHT CHECK
-
Area NO2 (Fuselage RH side)
Hoist : Condition, secured and wiring

connected.
Hoist cowling : Secured.
Hoist mount : Condition and secure.
Hook : Check for condition, security and
freedom of rotation on cable.
Note
Ensure that locking screws, located above
the hook assembly, are in place and locked
by cotter pins. (See Figure 2-1 )
Step bar : Condition and secure.
Area N07 (Helicopter interior)
Cabin and Cockpit interior
Hoist operator control panel and : Condition.

ICS control panel
Hoist control pendant : Present and condition.
Hoist operator harness, gloves : Present and condition.
and manual cable cutter
Radio-ICS control panel and : Present and condition.
Radio-ICS portable transceiver unit
(HEC operations)

Supplement U AlUW HkM
Document N'lOOGOO4OAO14
1. Locking screw
2. Cotter pin
Figure 2-1 Hook Locking Screws

Optional Equlpment Supplements External Holst
Document Nel09G0040A014

CI HOIST CUT pushbutton : Guard closed.
(on pilot's cyclic grip)
Main HOlST switch : OFF.
(on interseat console)
SYSTEMS CHECK
HOlST SYSTEM
After engine and rotor start
Main HOlST switch : ON.
(on interseat console) Check HOlST ON advisory
message displayed on EDU2.
Check automatic built in test is
88.8.
Check HOlST CABL LKD cau-
tion message NOT displayed on
EDUI.
Check HOlST CUT ARMD cau-
tion message NOT displayed on
EDU1.
If HOlST CUT ARMD caution message is

displayed, do not cany out the following
procedure as hoist cable may be cut.
HOlST CUT pushbutton : Lift guard.
n (on pilot's cyclic grip) Check HOlST CUT ARMD cau-

tion message displayed on
EDUI.

Supplement8 A1OOS RFM
External Hoht Optional Equipment Supplements
Document No10SG0040A014
HOlST CUT pushbutton : Close guard.

(on pilot's cyclic grip) Check HOlST CUT ARMD cau-
tion message disappears.
Protective gloves should always be used

by the hoist operator whenever handling
the hoist cable to prevent injury.
Care should be taken to prevent cable

damage when handling it on the ground.
The cable should be laid onto a clean sur-
face whenever possible.
HOlST control switch : Set to DN (down) position.
(on pilot's cydic grip)
Hoist hook : Check lowering.
Cable payout display Check for counting.
Note
When reeling-in and reeling-out the cable
with no load, apply adequate tension with
gloved hands to ensure smooth and even
wrapping.
HOlST control switch : Set to UP position.
Hoist hook Check raising.
Cable payout display : Check for counting.
HOlST thumbwheel :Select DN position and then UP
(on remote pendant) position.

Note
The hoist check, lowering and raising, shall
be accomplished with the load selection
switch in both positions: 250 LB (113Kg)
and 600 LB (272Kg).
Hoist hook : Check lowering or raising accord-
ing to thumbwheel selection.
HOIST control switch :Select DN or UP position,
(on pilot's cyclic grip) checking that it overrides the
thumbwheel selection.
HOIST thumbwheel : OFF.
(on remote pendant)
Main HOIST switch : OFF.
(on interseat console) Check HOIST ON advisory
message suppressed on EDUZ.
IN FLIGHT
HOIST OPERATING PROCEDURE

NRlN2 : Check stabilized at 102%.
Main HOIST switch : ON.
Hoist operator shall be secured to helicop-

ter with the safety harness during hoist
operations.

Supplement 8 AlOgg RFM
External Hoia Optlonal Equlpnwnt Supplements
Document N'109GOO4OAOl4
Radio ICS and :Verify positive audio communi-

portable transceiver cation is achieved among all
crew members.
Right passenger sliding door : Open and lock within airspeed
limits
Load selection switch : As required.
(on remote pendant)
During hoist operation, the operator must

always wear protective gloves and main-
tain a hand on the cable to verify the cor-
rectness of cable unwinding and rewinding.
HOIST thumbwheel (pilot) or : DN as required.
hoist operator thumbwheel.
: Load hoisting may be carried
out in the hover or forward flight
up to 30 KIAS and within *
300 Wmin vertical speed.
Cable speed As required.
(hoist operator only)
Note
As the hook approaches the UP or DN lim-
its, hoist cable speed automatically slows
down.
Static electricity should be discharged by

suitable means before ground personnel
touch the hook or cable.

Optlonal Equlpment Supplements External Holst
Do not allow cable to drag on the ground or

any other surface which could contaminate
or damage the cable.
HOIST thumbwheel (pilot) or : UP as required.
hoist operator thumbwheel.
: Load hoisting may be carried
out in the hover or forward flight
up to 30 KIAS and within f
300 Wmin vertical speed.
Cable speed :As required.

(hoist operator only)
Load recovery : Recover load into the cabin dur-
n ing the hover or in forward flight
up to 30 KIAS
When hoisting operation is completed:

Right passenger sliding door : Close and lock within airspeed
limits.
Main HOIST switch : OFF.
message suppressed on EDUP.
LllTER HOISTING
When the use of a litter is necessary and landing is possible the option
to land the helicopter for litter loading should be taken. When landing
is not practical hoisting may be canied out. In addition to all other pro-
fi cedures contained herein, the following shall apply to litter hoisting
operations.

External Hoist Ootlonal Eaul~nwntSuwlemenb
Prior to hoisting, an empty litter shall be closed and secured with

straps. The litter should be suspended in a vertical position and the
sling straps should be drawn tight.
4
Hoisting or lowering an empty litter in the

open position is prohibited. An empty litter in
the open position which is suspended from
the hoist can oscillate uncontrollably and
could strike the fuselage.
Litter sling straps should be adjusted so that litter is 610 mm to

710 mm (24 in to 28 in) below the hoist hook.
Note
If litter is suspended too low from the hook, it
may be difficult to recover it onboard, even
with hoist hook at up limit.
During hoisting the litter may rotate. Forward

airspeed will assist in stabilizing the litter
and stop rotation.
During recovery to the cabin the hoist opera-
tor may have to hold the litter sling straps for
further stabilization.
ADVISORY CAPTIONS DEFINITIONS

CAS Caption (Green) SystemState
HOIST ON Hoist electrical system activated.
Document No10900WA014
-
Clllr PROCEDURES
CAUTION SYSTEM
TABLE OF CAUTION MESSAGES
CAS Caption FailurelSystem State

HOIST CUT ARMD Hoist electrical cable cut system
armed.
HOIST CABL LKD Hoist cable fouled.

External H o M Optional Equlpnwnt Supplements
HOIST LOAD JElTlSON (CABLE CUT)
Hoist cut GUARD

(on pilot's cyclic grip):
I
OPEN to arm the system
caution message displayed on EDUl
I
Operate HOIST CUT pushbutton
If electrical cable cutting system fails
Hoist operator must cut &able with manual cutter.

Cut cable as close as possible to hoist.

Optlonal Equipment Suppbments External Hoist
HOIST CABLE CUT ARMED
Y OlST CUT ARMD
External hoist electrical cable

cut system armed due to:
Guard open on HOIST CUT push-
button (on pilot's cyclic grip)
or
Malfunction detected in hoist
electrical cable cut system.
I
~alfunctidnin hoist elec- close guard

trical cable cut system.
1
DON T lift
HOIST CUT pushbutton guard
J
Main HO ST switch
(interseat console) OFF

External HoM Optional EquipmentSupplements
Document W10900040AO14
HOIST CABLE FOULED
I
External hoist cable fouled.
I
HOIST control switch (on pilot's cyclic grip)
and HOIST thumbwheel (on remote pendant)
are inoperative.
I
Proceed In forward flight, with
load suspended, to a suitable
area allowing adequate hoist
load clearance over obstacles.
I
Do not exceed 50 KlAS
I
POSITION THE LOAD ON THE GROUND
Ground assistant
NO available to Un-Hook YES
Perform HOIST LOAD Manually recover

JElTlSSON (CABLE CUT) cable on-board
procedure I
I
Proceed to land in a suitable
I
Proceed to land in a suitable
area as per operational area as per operational
requirements requirements

HOIST MOTOR WARNING LIGHT
n (on remote pendant)

The hoist MOTOR WRN light provides two features:
MOTOR WRN light: Flashing.............................Hoist system overload
MOTOR WRN light: Steady ............................Motor over-temperature
Hoist System Overload

In the event of a hoist system overload when the load selection switch
is set to 250 LB (113 Kg) mode, the hoist control automatically latches
the hoist system to the 600 LB (272 Kg) mode and consequently limits
the cable speed to 30 mlmin (100 ftlmin).
The high speed mode (250 LB1113 Kg) should not be re-selected until
the present load is removed from the cable.
n Hoist Motor Over-Temperature

In the event of a motor over-temperature, complete hoist cyde and
wait until the light goes off, before resuming hoist operations.
Prolonged operation of hoist with MOTOR

WRN light steadily illuminated damages
hoist motor.
EASA Approved
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURES
Double DC generator failure

In the case of failure of both generators during hoist operation, further
to the emergency procedure described in Section 3, the pilot is only
allowed to complete the recovery cycle.
One hoist recovery cycle reduces the flight

time on battery power to 20 minutes.
General electrical power failure

In all electrical power failures, the emergency procedures described in
Section 3 are to be applied. Furthermore, the hoist recovery cycle
should be completed.
-

(Figures 4-1 and 4-2)
The 'WindlGround Speed Azimuth Envelope charts" define, at each
altiiude1OAT combination, the maximum gross weight and maximum
allowable wind or ground speed (20 Kts) in all azimuths between 10
and 350 deg for which satisfactory stabili and control has been dem-
onstrated.
Chart A (Figure 4-1) is valid up to a density altitude of 7000 R Hd at
Maximum Gross Weight.
Chart B (Figure 4-2) is valid above 7000 R Hd. In order to maintain the
maximum allowable wind or ground speed (20 Kts) in all azimuths
between 10 and 350 deg for which satisfactory stability and control
has been demonstrated, the gross weight must be reduced.

Document N ' l ~ A O 1 4
LOW SPEED CONTROLLABILITY

CHART A
Applicable up to 7000 A Hd at Maximum Gross Weight
Figure 4-1 WindlGround Speed Az imuth Envelope for Hoist

-
Operations Chart A

Document N*109Q0040A014

Optional Equipment Supplements External Holst
Document N'l0SG0040A014
0 2000 4000 Boo0 8000 loo00 12000 14000 lsOOO UOO ZBOO 2800 3000 3200
-
Pressure altitude ft ~h- kg
pizGGq
-
Figure 4-2 WindlGround Speed Az imuth Envelopelfor Hoist Operations Chart B
I
Suppkmont 8
External Hoht Optional Equlpn#nt Supplements

Document No109GOMOA014
DATUM LINE LOCATIONS

Figure 6-1 presents the position of the hoist hook load bearing pivot
point to aid in weight and balance computation.
ICN-OBA 155000-G-A012600157-A-01-1
Figure 6-1 Hoist Station and Butt Line
-
230508 Page 29 of 30
AlO9S RFM
Page 30 of 30 23-05-06
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Cargo Hook
Document N*l0900040A014
CARGO HOOK
PIN 1090810-31
This supplement shall be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

when the cargo hook is installed.

Optional Equipment Supplements Cargo Hook
Document N"lO9G0040A014
CARGO HOOK
PIN 109-0810-31
This supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

when the cargo hook is installed.
ISSUE : 23 MAY 2006

Supplement 9
uipmnt Suppbments Cargo Hook
Document N.10900040AOl4
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue EASA Appnwed on behew.
of ANAC wiUl approval
EASARA.01389
27.094007 A-I
Optional Equlpment Supplements Cargo Hook
Document No109G0040A014
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
EASA.R.C.01714
dated 23 May 2006
EASA Approved
Cargo Hook Optional Equipment Supplements
EASA Approved
AIO9S RFM Suppkment 9
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a Mack vertical line in the outer


paw Revision N* Paw Revision No

'Ttle page 0
'A-1 0
'A-2 0
'8-1 0
'8-2 0
i thru N 0
-
1 thru 34 of 36 0
-
35 and 36 of 36 0
' Pink pages, ANAC only
A100S RFM
Optlonl Equlpnwnt Suppknwnt.
Document N9101(10040A@14



Title page 0
A-1 0
A-2 0
6-1 0
6-2 0
i thru iv 0
-
1 thru 34 of 36 0
-
35 and 36 of 36 0
Cargo Hook Optlonal Equipment Supplements

Document N'l09G0040A014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
.
GENERAL ..............................................................................1 of 36
.
GENERAL ..............................................................................1 of 36
TYPE OF OPERATIONS ........................................................ 1 of 36
CARGO HOOK OPERATION............................................ 1 of 36
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW ...................................................... 1 of 36
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS .......... 2 of 36

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS..................................................... 2 of 36
CARGO HOOK LIMITATIONS........................................... 2 of 36
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS.............................. 2 of 36
AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS ..................................................... 7 of 36

.
EXTERNAL PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS...................................... 8 of 36

ENGINE PRESTART CHECK ...............................................10 of 36

SYSTEM CHECK ..................................................................
10 of 36
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM .................................................. 10 of 36
Supplemant 9 A109S RFM
Cargo Hook Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Page
CARGO HOOK OPERATING PROCEDURE .........................

11 of 36
TAKE-OFF ......................................................................... 11 of 36
IN FLIGHT.......................................................................... 12 of 36
APPROACH AND LANDING ............................................. 12 of 36
.
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY CARGO RELEASE PROCEDURE ................. 14 of 36

CAUTION SYSTEM ................................................................
14 of 36
TABLE OF CAUTION MESSAGES ..................................14 of 36
CARGO HOOK ARMED ....................................................
15 of 36
CARGO HOOK OPEN .................................................16 of 36
.
GENERAL ............................................................................... 17 of 36
OPERATIONS VS ALLOWABLE WIND ................................ 18 of 36
HOVER CEILING .................................................................... 23 of 36
RATE OF CLIMB .................................................................... 28 of 36
.
DATUM LINE LOCATIONS ....................................................

33 of 36
.
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION..................................33 of 36
Figure Page
Figure 1-1 Weight and Longitudinal CG Envelope

(metric units) ........................................................3 of 36
(imperial units) .....................................................4 of 36
Figure 1-3 Weight and Lateral CG Envelope (metric units) .. 5 of 36
Figure 1-4 Weight and Lateral CG Envelope (imperial units)6 of 36
Figure 4-1 WindlGround Speed Azimuth Envelope -
Chart A ..............................................................19 of 36
Figure 4-2 WindlGround Speed Azimuth Envelope -
Chart B .............................................................. 21 of 36
HOVER CEILING
Figure 4-3 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power -
ECS OFF ........................................................... 24 of 36
Figure 4-4 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power -
ECS ON ............................................................. 25 of 36
Power - ECS OFF.............................................. 26 of 36
Power - ECS ON ............................................. 27 of 36
RATE OF CLIMB
Figure 4-7 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power - ECS OFF -
Gross Weight 3200 kg .......................................29 of 36
Figure 4-8 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power - ECS ON -
Gross Weight 3200 kg .......................................30 of 36
Figure 4-9 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power -
ECS OFF - Gross Weight 3200 kg ....................31 of 36
ECS ON - Gross Weight 3200 kg ......................32 of 36
Figure 4-1 1 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power - OEl -
Gross Weight 3200 kg ....................................... 33 of 36
OEl - Gross Weight 3200 kg.............................. 34 of 36
Figure 6-1 Cargo Hook Station Diagram.............................35 of 36

230546 Ill
Document N'IO9G0040A014

Document N0l09000*OA014
GENERAL
The cargo hook installation PIN 109-0810-31, consists of a support
frame, a hook, a rearview mirror, PIN 109-0858-68, mounted under
the belly of the helicopter, an electrical and manual (emergency)
release system, attaching hardware, an electronic hook load measur-
ing system and a digital readout indicator. Additionally a swivelling link
and security cable may also be included.
A spring system, which provides the stowing mechanism of the hook
when it is not in use, is attached to the cargo hook.
Note
The swiveling link is not supplied with the
cargo hook. However, it is recommended to
use it between the suspension cable and the
cargo hook.
-
GENERAL
The helicopter may be operated with cargo hook fmed without carrying
external load. In this case there are no additional limitations of opera-
tion from the basic Rotorcrafl Flight Manual (RFM). The limitations
herein refer specifically to operations with external loads.
Note
When cargo hook is in use, flight operations
are only permitted with the landing gear
down.
TYPE OF OPERATIONS
CARGO HOOK OPERATION

Cargo hook operation must be authorized by the Competent Authority
in accordance with the applicable National Operating Regulations.

Cargo Hook
The cargo hook is authorized only as "Class B rotorcraft-load combi-

nation" as follows:
'Class B rotorcraft-load combination means one in which the
external cargo load is jettisonable and is lifted free of land
and water during rotorcraff operation".
'Cargo hook operation is approved for VFR conditions with
visual contact with the ground.
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW

Note
When operating with cargo on the hook,
only the personnel involved in the mission
are allowed on board.
WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Maximum gross weight with
external load attached to cargo hook ........................3200 kg (7055 Ib)
CARGO HOOK LIMITATIONS

Cargo hook loading limit............................................1150 kg (2535 Ib)
Flight with an ulluaaaslwu d r g o sling as an

external load is prohibited.
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS

After cargo hook installation, the new empty weight and center of grav-
ity location must be determined.
Refer to Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2 for longitudinal CG limits and to
Figure 1-3 and Figure 1-4 for lateral CG limits when flying with exter-
nal load attached on the cargo hook.
AlOQSRFM Suppkmnt 9
Document No10gG0040A014
Shaded Area for C u g o

*-----?
3200
LongitudinalStation (mm)

(metric units)

AlO9S RFM
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
7500 -
7000
6500-
-
,6000-
P
- 5500 -
8 ,-
4500
4000- I , : , 8 8 8 I I I
, I I I / I # I
3 5 0 01~
126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140
LongitudinalStatlon (in)
Figure 1-2 Weight and LongitudinalCG Envelope

(imperial units)

Optional Equlpmnt Supplements Cargo Hook
Document N0109G0MOA014
!3h.ded Area for C u g o

, Hook Op.r&lona Only ,-
..--.L.-.c---,-.-,---
I 1 6
__ _,
1
_ _ _,
I
__ _ L _ _ _,
__
-1
-
Lateral Station (mm)
Figure 1-3 Weight and Lateral CG Envelope

(metric units)

Supplamnt 9 AlOgg RFM
Cargo Hook OpUonrl Equipment Supplements
I)h.d.d Arm. for Cmrgo

I
Lateral Station (in)
Figure 1 4 Weight and Lateral CG Envelope

(imperial units)

A109s RFM Suppkmnt 9
Document N'lO9GOMOAOl4
Vne with external loads attached to cargo hook:
From -1000 ft to 5000 ft Hp .................................................... 100 KlAS
Above 5000 ft Hp .................................................. Decrease by 2 KlAS
for every 1000 ft
Note
The Vne has been demonstrated with a bal-
lasted cargo sling. The airspeed with exter-
nal cargo is limited by controllability. Caution
should be exercised, when carrying external
cargo, as the handling characteristics may
be affected by the size, weight and shape of
the cargo load, as well as by the length of
the cargo sling between the load and the
hook.

Supplement B AlO9S RFM
Cargo Hook
-
-
I) Cargo hook :Condition and secured.
I) Cargo hook rearview mirror : Condition, cleanliness and
secured.
Area NO7 (Cabin interior)

For the following checks connect the d.c. supply.
Note
The following checks may require great
electrical consumption. Beware of possible
battery charge depletion if not using exter-
nal power (GPU).
Note
Ground personnel shall assist the pilot
during the cargo hook checks.
EDUI :Verify HOOK ARMED caution
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lift the guard to arm the release
(on pilot cyclic grip) system.
EDUl :Verify HOOK ARMED caution
message displayed.

Document N.10900040A014
CARGO REL pushbutton : Push.

(on pilot cyclic grip)
CI Verify the opening of the cargo
hook.
Verify HOOK OPEN caution
message displayed on EDUI.
Release the pushbutton and
verify that the cargo hook
retums to the closed position.
message suppressed.
Note
The cargo hook is provided with a spring
which keeps it permanently in the closed
position, even when the opening system
releases the lock-device. A force of approx-
imately 5 kg must be applied to the cargo
hook to overcome the spring-force and to
verify the hook opening.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lower the guard to protect
(on pilot cyclic grip) release pushbutton.
message suppressed.
Repeat cargo hook checks by using the guarded CARGO REL push-
button on co-pilot's cyclic grip.
EMER CARGO RELEASE PULL :Pull cargo hook handle and
handle (emergency) check opening of the hook.
message displayed on EDUI .
Release hook handle and ver-
ify hook retums to closed posi-
tion.
message is suppressed.
Disconnect the d.c. electrical supply.

Document N'lOSGOO4OAO14

CARGO REL (cargo release) : Guard dosed.
(on pushbutton on cyclic grip)
SYSTEM CHECK
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM
Hook load indicator : Set to zero (0).
Note
Allow the hook load indicator to warm up.
After 5 minutes, whilst there is no load on
the hook, make the appropriate adjust-
ments to the load indicator to show zero
load on hook.

Document Ne10900040A0l4
CARGO HOOK OPERATING PROCEDURE

A TAKE-OFF
Cargo attachment
Take-off and stabilize the helicopter in a hover above the cargo load.
At a sufficient hover height indicate to the to the external ground crew
members that it is safe to approach the helicopter to discharge heli-
copter static electricity and attach the cargo load sling to the cargo
hook.
Discharge helicopter static electricity, before

attaching cargo, by touching the airframe
with a ground wire or if a metal sling is used,
the hook-up ring can be struck against the
cargo hook.
If contact has been lost after initial ground-
ing of the helicopter, it should be electrically
re-grounded and, if possible, contact main-
tained until hook-up is completed.
Note
The distance between load and hook shall
be kept as short as possible to ensure safe
operation.
Note
Attachment of the cargo sling to the hook
can be observed by means of the rearview
mirror.
I After cargo attachment, slowly increase the collective pitch and

ascend vertically to take-up the slack of the cargo sling.
Lift vertically cargo from surface and read the hook load indicator to
verify the cargo weight to be within the hook loading limitations.

Cargo Hook Optlonal Equlpnwnt Supplements
Hover to check for satisfactory controllability and power within limits.
Note
Directional stability and control may be
improved by avoiding relative winds from
critical azimuths whilst performing external
cargo operations. Refer to Section 4,
Figures 4-1 and 4-2 WindlGround Speed
Azimuth Envelope" in this Supplement.
IN FLIGHT
Transition from the hover into low speed forward flight.
Verify that safe flight can be maintained.
Allow adequate cargo load clearance over obstacles.
Increase forward speed, monitor the cargo load and select an air-
speed at which any oscillations or vibration levels encountered are
assessed as negligible and do not affect safety of flight.
Cargo release
Approach the cargo release area.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lift guard to arm release sys-

(on pilot cyclic grip) tem.
: Verify HOOK ARMED caution

message displayed.
Stabilize hover above release point, then slowly descend until cargo
is safely established on the ground.

A l O S RFM Supplement 8
CARGO REL pushbutton : Push to release cargo.

a (on pilot cyclic grip) Verify HOOK OPEN caution
Rearview mirror : Check load is released.
Note
The load is released only when its weight
overcomes the spring-force of the hook.
In case of non-release of the cargo, the
pilot should slowly increase the collective
pitch to ascend, as much as necessary to
strain the cable before operating the
guarded CARGO REL pushbutton again.
Note
In the event of failure of the electrical
release system, operate the EMER
CARGO RELEASE PULL handle (mechani-
cal manual release handle) to drop cargo.
Cargo Hook Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Document N0l0900040A014
-
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY CARGO RELEASE PROCEDURE

In case an emergency situation requires the release of the cargo,
operate the electrical release system by pressing the guarded push-
button on the cyclic stick.
If this fails to open the hook and release the cargo load, pull the cargo
hook manual mechanical release handle (EMER CARGO RELEASE
PULL) located between the pilot's and co-pilot's seats.
CAUTION SYSTEM
MISCELLANEOUS MALFUNCTIONS
HOOK ARMED Cargo hook release system armed.

HOOK OPEN Cargo hook in open position.
Page 14 of 36 230506
CARGO HOOK ARMED
rn
Cargo hook ;elease system
armed due to the Guard@)being
open on Cargo Hook pushbutton
(on pilots cyclic grip)
or
Malfunction detected in Cargo
Hook Release electrical system.
I
YES
a Malfunction in Cargo
Hook electrical system.
Close guard
I
Do NOT IKt guard(8) on
cargo release pushbutton
Ir
EASA A p p r d 23-05-06 Page 15 of 36

Cargo Hook
CARGO HOOK OPEN
Cargo hook inopen position.
I
If HOOK OPEN caution remains after CARGO REL pushbutton
or EMER CARGO RELEASE PULL handle operated.
I
Do not use Cargo Hook
I
Take appropriate maintenance action before
canying out further Cargo Hook Operations.

Document NO1MK30MOA014
-
Cnr
GENERAL
Forward flight and climb performance will be degraded due to the load
aerodynamic drag. The level of degradation will depend on load size
and shape.
There are no significant load effects on hover performance.

Suppkmant 9 AlO9S RFM
~~~~~~
Cargo Hook Optional Equlpmnt Supplements

(Figures 4-1 and 4-2)
The "Wind Ground Speed Azimuth Envelope" charts define, at each
altitude1OAT combination, the maximum weight and maximum allow-
able wind for which satisfactory stability and control has been demon-
strated.
Chart A (Figure 4-1) is valid up to a density altitude of 10,000 R Hd.
Maximum relative wind speed in the shaded area of Chart A (from 60
to 135 degrees) is determined by Area 2 of Chart B. Maximum relative
wind speed in all azimuths between 10 and 350 degrees, above
10,000 R Hd determined by Area 1 of Chart B.

Document NO1 09GOO4OA014
LOW SPEED CONTROLLABILITY

CHART A
Figure 4-1 WindIGround Speed Az imuth Envelope Chart A-

cargo Hook Optlonal Equipment Supplements

AlOBS RFM Supplement S
Optlonal Equlpmnt Suppbmenb -cargo Hook
Document N0lOgG0040A014
FOR LOW SPEED CONTROLLABILITY
CHART B
NOTE: ALLOWABLE GROSS WEIGHTS OBTAINED FROM THIS CHART
MAY EXCEED CONTINUOUS HOVER CAPABILITY
Ar imuth Envelope - Chart B

id1,
Figure 4-2 WindlGround Spe
2345-06 Page 21 of36

i
Suppkmnt 9
Cargo Hook
I
I

Document NO1WGOO4OA014
HOVER CEILING
The Hover Ceiling charts define the maximum weights at which an
OGE hover (60 ft AGL) is possible for varying combinations of Pressure
Altitude and OAT with main rotor speed (NR) at 102% and zero wind
conditions.
Information is presented for All Engines Operating (AEO) at Take-Off
Power (TOP) with ECS OFF I ECS ON and Maximum Continuous
Power (MCP) with ECS OFF IECS ON.
EASA Approved 230546 Page 23 of36

HOVER CEILING OUT OF GRWND EFFECT

om s w m l f i TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ZERO WIID
UECTWCUL0ID:IbOAIOTU
EC8 OFF
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN INVlOLATlONOF H-V

GROSS WEIGHT[II,x 1001
GROSS WEIGHT mg x 1001

10W168Maa Rw. A ICNOB-A-156mOG-Ml~1~A41~1
-
Figure 4-3 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power ECS OFF -
Document N0l09GO040A014
HOVER CEILING OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:lOm ELECTRICAL L O M : 150 A TOTAL

ZERO WIND ECS ON
-
Figure 4-4 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power ECS ON -

MAXIMUM COHnNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEERIOZX ELECTRICALLOID: 150 A TOTAL

ZEROmWD Ecs OFF
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATIONMAY RESULT IN INVlOUTlON OF H-V

GROSS WEIGHT[lbx 1001
GROSS WEIGHT [kg x 100]

1OWl58OumRW. A ICNOBA-155M00-mt~.A41.1
--
Figure 4-5 Hover Ceiling OGE at Maximum Continuous Power
ECS OFF


ROTOR SPEED:lOZX
ELECTRICAL WAD: iso A r nm
PRO WIND ECS O((
-
ECS ON -
Supplement S A109s RFM
cargo Hook Optional Equlpmont Suppknwnb
RATE OF CLIMB
The climb performance shown are based on flight test results at the
Maximum Gross Weight of 3200 kg. Rate of Climb (ROC) is given for
the All Engines Operating (AEO) case and for the One Engine
Inoperative (OEl) case.
For the AEO case, rate of climb is given with the engines operating at
the Take-Off Power (TOP) rating limit with ECS OFF IECS ON and at
the Maximum Continuous Power (MCP) rating limit with ECS OFF I
ECS ON.
For the OEl case, rate of climb is given with the engine operating at
the 2.5 minute Power rating limit and at the Maximum Continuous
Power rating limits. The datum speed for all Rate of Climb graphs is
Vy, which is 75 KlAS up to 10,000 R and then decreases by 2 knots
every 1,000 R to become 55 KlAS at 20,000 ft.
Page 28 of 36 23-05-06 W A Approved

Document N'10900MOA014
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR WEED: 100%
76 KUP, DECREASE 2 U EACH 1000 R ABOVE 10000R
ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTAL

ECS OFF
RATE OF CLIMB [ W i n x 1001

lORIIYD*OOPRev A ICN08-&166000Q.M1~AQl~l
Figure 4-7 Rate of Climb at Take-OR Power ECS OFF

Gross Weight 3200 kg
- -
EASA Approved 230508 Page 29
Cam0 Hook
RATE OF CLlYB
TAKE OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR 8PEED: lW% ELECTMCAL LOA& 150 A TOTAL
~ s l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ z m u c ~ ~ w o n r e o v ~ iE w
C ~o
O No n
-
Figure 4-8 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power ECS ON
-
EASA Approved
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: IOOX ELECTRICAL LOM: 150 A TOTAL
75 KUS, DECREASE 2 ld EACH IOOO IIABOVE I O O O O ~ ECS OR
RATE OF CLIMB [mls]

ECS OFF -Gross Weight 3200 kg
-
Cargo Hodc
RATE OF CUMB
ROTORSPEEmloOY ELECTWCM LOAD: 1~ A TOTU
7SI(U8,DECREMie2L(UCHl000flABOVElDOOOfl =ON
RATE OF CUMB [Nmln x 1001

10001- flu.A
.. -A-166mMUDi2WOP10MM-l

ECS ON -Gross Weight 3200 kg
-
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 100% ELECTRlCAl LOU): 150 A T O T U
ZKIAS, DECRWE~L~EACHi w O n ~ m i o o o o n
RATE OF CUM6 [ W i n x 1001

lOOOlMO*OOPR.V.A ICN-08-&156W(M-Ml~AQl~l
Figure 4-11 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power OEl-

-
Cargo Hook
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR WEED: 100% ELECTMCU LOID.IWA IDTU
76 KIA% DECREASE 2 Id EICH 1000fl ABOVE 1
- fl -- 1
RATE OF CUMB w i n x 1W]

lOW*smwmRw. A lcNOBA-166mOG-~l~1.l
Figure 4-12 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power OEl -

-
Page 34 of36 23-05-06

Document N o l ~ A 0 1 4
-

Figure 6-1 presents the cargo hook station data to aid in weight and
balance computations.
STA 3362
STA 0 I
PRIMARY CARGO HOOK

STA 3330
Figure 6-1 Cargo Hook Station Diagram
-
2345-06 Page 35 of 36
AlO9S RFM
cG0 Hook Optional Equipment Supplements
Docunwnt N'lOSGW40A014

AlOSS RFM Suppkment 10
>ptlonalEqulpment Supplements Seeondoy
Document N0109GO040A014 Cargo Hook
SECONDARY
CARGO HOOK
PIN 109-0811-75
* This supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

when the secondary cargo hook is installed.
basic RotorcraR Flight Manual.

Optional Equipment Supplements Secondaty
Document N'109G0040A014 Cargo Hook
SECONDARY
CARGO HOOK
PIN 109-0811-75
This supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

n when the secondary cargo hook is installed.
ISSUE : 23 MAY 2006

AlOOS RFM S u p p h n t 10
Dptlonal Equlpmmt Suppknnnb Secondaty
Document N * I ~ A 0 1 4 Cargo Hodc
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue I EASA Approved on behalf
EASARA01369
2 7 4 U W T A-I
- --
-
Supplement 10
-
W w
A10021 RFM
OptlonrJEqulpc#nt8uppkmm(.
Dooummt NV@WWO44M14

AIOBS RFM Supplement 10
Optional Equlpment Supplements Secondary
Document N'10900040A014 Cargo Hook
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUWECT APPROVAL
No.
EASA.R.C.01713
dated 23 May 2006
EASA Approved
Soconday Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Cargo Hook Document No10SGO040A014
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment S u p p h e n b Seconday


Equipment Supplements. The holders of the Optional Equlp-
page Revision No Page Revhion No

711e page 0
'A-1 0
'A-2 0
'El 0
'E2 0
i thru iv 0
-
1 thru 14 of 16 0
-
PART Ii MANUFACTURER'S DATA
15and 160f 16 0
) ~ m n10 t A I M S RFM
I Wnduy Optkrul E q m t SUP-
-fPm DoourmHIt WtWQCWOAQ14

Optional Equipment Supplements Secondany

II)

Title page 0
A- I 0
A-2 0
8-1 0
8-2 0
i thru iv 0
PARTI-EASAAPPROVED
I thru 14 of 16 0
-
15 and 16 of 16 0
Soconduy Optlonal Equipment Supplements
-0 l+ook Document W10900040A014

Optional Equipment Supplements Seconday
Document N010SG0040A014 Cargo Hook
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
.
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 16
.
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 16
TYPE OF OPERATIONS ........................................................

2 of 16
CARGO HOOK OPERATION ............................................ 2 of 16
WEIGHT AND CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS 2 of 16 ..........

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS ..................................................... 2 of 16
CARGO HOOK LIMITATIONS........................................... 2 of 16
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS.............................. 3 of 16
.
EXTERNAL PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS ...................................... 4 of 16

PILOT'S PRE-FLIGHT CHECK ........................................ 4 of 16
SYSTEMCHECK ...................................................................6 0 f 16
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM ................................................. 6 of 16
CARGO HOOK OPERATING PROCEDURE ........................ 7 of 16

TAKE-OFF ......................................................................... 7 of 16
IN FLIGHT.......................................................................... 8 of 16
APPROACH AND LANDING ............................................. 9 of 16
Sacondaty OpUonal Equipment Supplements
Cargo Hook Document N'10900040A014
Page
-
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY CARGO RELEASE PROCEDURE ................. 11 of 16

CAUTION SYSTEM ................................................................
11 of 16
TABLE OF CAUTION MESSAGES ..................................11 of 16
CARGO HOOK ARMED ................................................... 12 of 16
CARGO HOOK OPEN ......................................................13 of 16
-
-
-
DATUM LINE LOCATIONS .................................................... 15 of 16

-
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................15 of 16
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Secondary
Document N'l09G0040A014 Cargo Hook
n Figure Page
Figure 6-1 Cargo Hook Station Diagram.............................15 of 16

Secondary
cargo Hook

Optional Equipment Supplements Secondary
Document N0lO9GOMOAOl4 Cargo Hook
Note
This Supplement must be used in conjunc-
tion with Supplement 9.
GENERAL
The secondary cargo hook installation, PIN 109-0811-75, consists of a
support frame, cargo hook and an electrical and manual emergency
release system. Additionally a swivelling link and security cable may
also be included.
The secondary cargo hook, PIN 109-0811-75, is compatible and can
be installed only with the cargo hook, PIN 109-0810-31.
The secondary cargo hook PIN 109-0811-75 may be used only as a
safety device of the other hook.
Note
The swivelling link is not supplied with the
cargo hook. However, it is recommended to
use the swivelling link between the suspen-
sion cable and the cargo load.
-
GENERAL
The helicopter may be operated with secondary cargo hook fitted with-
out carrying external load. In this case there are no additional limita-
tions of operation from the basic Rotorcraft Flight Manual (RFM).The
limitations herein refer specifically to operations with external loads.
Note
When cargo hook is in use, flight operations
are only permitted with the landing gear
down.

Secondary OpUonal Equipment Supplements
Cargo Hook Document N010000040A014
TYPE OF OPERATIONS
The secondary cargo hooks may only be used in the " Class B rotor-
craft-load combination" as follows:
" Class B rotorcraft-load combhation means one in which the
external load is jettisonable and is lifted free of land or water dur-
ing the rotorcraft operation."
The operation must be authorized by the competent authority in accor-
dance with the applicable National Operating Regulations. All cargo
must be secured to the primary cargo hook. The secondary cargo
hook is to serve as a safety of flight back-up in the event of failure of
the primary cargo hook.
Operation with individual loads, attached separately to the two hooks,
is prohibited.
Note
When secondary cargo hook PIN 109-0811-75
is installed, safety wire rope assy
PIN 109-0811-86-159 must be used to con-
nect the secondary cargo hook with primary
cargo hook PIN 109-0810-31. The safety
cable installation PIN 109-0811-86-159
comprises hook PIN 109-0811-86-133 to
which the cargo must be secured.

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Maximum gross weight with
external load attached to cargo hook ........................3200 kg (7055 Ib)
CARGO HOOK LIMITATIONS

Cargo hook loading limit..............................................
500 kg (1102 Ib)

Document N010900040A014 Cargo Hook
When secondary cargo hook, PIN 109-

0811-75, is installed, the load must also be
attached to cargo hook, PIN 109-0810-31,
which has a cockpit load indicator. The
cargo hook load must not exceed 500 kg
(1102 Ib).
Flight with an unballasted cargo sling as an

external load is prohibited.
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITATIONS

rn After cargo hook installation, the new empty weight and center of grav-
ity location must be determined.
I
Refer to Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2 for longitudinal CG limits and to
Figure 1-3 and Figure 1-4 for lateral CG limits of supplement 9 when
flying with an external load attached to the cargo hook.
EASA Approved
Secondary
carp0 Hook
-

Note
The following pre-flight checks complete
those scheduled for the cargo hook,
PIN 109-0810-31. in Supplement 9.
-
+ Suspension safety cable, : Condition and secured.
cargo hooks and harnesses
+ Cargo hook rearview mirror : Condition, cleanliness and
secured.
Area NO7 (Cabin interior)

For the following checks connect the d.c. supply.
Note
The following checks may require great
electrical consumption. Beware of possible
battery charge depletion if not using exter-
nal power (GPU).
Note
Ground personnel shall assist the pilot
during the cargo hook checks;

A109s RFM Suppiemant 10
Document No1O9G0040A014 Cargo Hook
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lift the guard to arm the release

(on pilot cyclic grip) system.
(5
message displayed.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Push
(on pilot cyclic grip) Verify the opening of both cargo
hooks.
Release the pushbutton and
verify that both the cargo hooks
return to the closed position.
message suppressed.
Note
Both cargo hooks are provided with a
spring which keeps them permanently in
the closed position, even when the opening
system releases the lockdevice. A force of
approximately 5 kg must be applied to
each cargo hook to overcome the spring-
force and to verify the hook opens cor-
rectly.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lower the guard to protect
(on pilot cyclic grip) release pushbutton.
message suppressed.
Repeat cargo hook checks by using the guarded CARGO REL push-
button on co-pilot's cyclic grip.
rA
EASA Approved 230W Page 5 of16

Supplement 10 AlWS RFM
Secondary Optional Equipment Supplements
Cargo Hook Document N*10900040A014
EMER CARGO RELEASE PULL :Pull one at a time and verify

handles (emergency) opening of the respective cargo
hook
message displayed on EDUl .
Release the handles and verify
that both cargo hooks return to
closed position.
message is suppressed.
Disconnect the d.c. electrical supply.
SYSTEM CHECK
CARGO HOOK SYSTEM

Hook load indicator : Set to zero (0).
(primary hook only)
Note
Allow the hook load indicator to warm up.
After 5 minutes, whilst there is no load on
the hook, make the appropriate adjust-
ments to the load indicator to show zero
load on hook.
EASA Approved
Optional Equlpment Supplements Secondary
Document N0109GOMOA014 Cargo Hook
CARGO HOOK OPERATING PROCEDURE
TAKE-OFF
Cargo attachment
After take-off position and stabilize the helicopter in a hover above the
cargo load. At a sufficient hover height indicate to the to the external
ground crew members that it is safe to approach the helicopter to dis-
charge helicopter static electricity and attach the cargo load sling to
the cargo hook.
u --- -.-.-..--
Discharge helicopter static electricity, before
attaching cargo, by touching the airname
with ground wire or if a metal sling is used,
the hook-up ring can be struck against the
cargo hook.
If contact has been lost after initial ground-
ing of the helicopter, it should be electrically
re-grounded and, if possible, contact main-
tained until hook up is completed.
The cargo must be secured to cargo hook,

PIN109-0810-31, while the secondary
cargo hook, PIN 109-0811-75, must be used
to attach the security cable.
Note
The distance between load and hook shall
be kept as short as possible to ensure safe
operation.

A1OOS RFM
Se&ndary Optional Equlpnnnt Supplements
Cargo Hook Documnt N010900040A014
Note
Directional stability and control may be
improved by avoiding relative winds from
critical azimuths whilst performing external
cargo operations. Refer to Section 4 of
Supplement 9. Figures 4-1 and 4-2, " Wind
Ground Speed Azimuth Envelope" .
Note
Attachment of the cargo sling to the hook
can be observed by means of the rearview
mirror.
After cargo attachment slowly increase the collective pitch and ascend
vertically to take-up the slack of the cargo sling.
Lift the cargo load vertically from the surface and read the hook load
indicator to verify the cargo weight to be within the hook loading limita-
tions.
Hover to check for satisfactory handling, performance and power
within the limits of the helicopters flight envelope for safe operation.
IN FLIGHT
Transition from the hover into low speed forward flight.
Verify that safe flight can be maintained.
Allow adequate cargo load dearance over obstacles.
Increase forward speed, monitor the cargo load and select an air-
speed at which any oscillations or vibration levels encountered are
assessed as negligible and do not affect safety of flight.
EASA Approved
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Secondary
Document NO109Ga040AOl4 Cargo Hook
Cargo release
Approach the cargo release area.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Lift guard to arm release sys-

(on pilot cyclic grip) tem.
EDUI : Verify HOOK ARMED caution

message displayed.
Stabilize hover above the release point, then slowly descend until the
cargo is safely established on the ground.
CARGO REL pushbutton : Push to release cargo.

(on pilot cyclic grip) Verify HOOK OPEN caution
Rearview mirror : Check load is released.
Note
The load is released only when the weight
overcomes the spring-force of the hooks.
In case of non-release of the cargo, the pilot
should slowly increase the collective pitch to
ascend, as much as necessary to strain the
cable before operating the guarded
CARGO REL pushbutton again.
EASA Approved
Supplement I 0 AIOSS RFM
-ndary Optional Equlpment Supplements
Caw0 Hook Document N010000040A014
Note
In the event of an electrical failure of one or
both cargo hooks, pull the mechanical
manual release handle EMER CARGO
RELEASE PULL of the secondary hook
(PIN 109-0811-75, see SECONDARY
CARGO HOOK placard on pedestal) then
mechanical manual release handle EMER
CARGO RELEASE PULL of the primary
hook (PIN 109-0810-31, see PRIMARY
CARGO HOOK placard on pedestal) to
release cargo.

A1OSS RFM ..
Optional Equipment Supplements Secondaly
Document N"109G0040A014 Cargo Hook
-
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY CARGO RELEASE PROCEDURE

In case an emergency situation requires the release of the cargo,
operate the electrical release system by pressing the guarded push-
button on the cyclic stick.
If this fails to open the hooks and release the cargo load, pull the sec-
ondary cargo hook manual mechanical release handle (EMER
CARGO RELEASE PULL). Then pull the cargo hook manual mechan-
ical release handle (EMER CARGO RELEASE PULL) to fully release
the load. Both of the cargo release handles are located between the
pilot's and co-pilot's seats.
CAUTION SYSTEM
MISCELLANEOUS MALFUNCTIONS
HOOK ARMED Cargo hook release system armed.
HOOK OPEN Cargo hook in open position.

Suppknwnt 10 MOSS RFM
Sewndaty
Cargo Hook
CARGO HOOK ARMED
Cargo hook &lease system

anned due to the Guard(s) being
open on Cargo Hook pushbutton
or
Malfunction detected in Cargo
Hook Release electrical system.
Malfunction in Cargo
Hook electrical system. Close guard
I
Do NOT IM guard(s) on
cargo release pushbutton
(on pilots cyclic grip).

Document No109G0040A014 Cargo Hook
CARGO HOOK OPEN
Cargo hook inopen position.
I
If HOOK OPEN caution remains after CARGO REL pushbutton
or EMER CARGO RELEASE PULL handle operated.
I
Do not use Cargo Hook
I
Take appropriate maintenance action before
canying out further Cargo Hook Operations.

Cargo Hook Document N0109G0040A014
-
Refer to Section 4 of Supplement 9.

A109s RFM Supplement
.. 10
Document N'109G0040A014 Cargo Hook

Figure 6-1 presents the cargo hook station data to aid in weight and
balance computations.
STA 3362
STA 0 I
SECONDARY
CARGO HOOK
PN 1090811-75 PRIMARY
STA 3000 CARGO HOOK
PN 109M1031
STA 3300
Figure 6-1 Cargo Hook Station Diagram
-
Refer to the basic A109S RFM..
Cargo Hook Document N'lO9G0040A014
Page 16 of 16 230506
Optional Equipment Supplemenb W i n SMke
Document N~lM00040A014 ProtecHon System
WIRE STRIKE
PROTECTION SYSTEM
PIN 109-0812-07

when the Wire Strike Protection System is installed.
ISSUE: 27 SEPTEMBER 2007

Document N"109GW40A014
Wire SMke
Protection System
I
I
WIRE STRIKE
PROTECTION SYSTEM
PIN 109-0812-07

when the Wire Strike Protection System is installed.
ISSUE: 21 SEPTEMBER 2006

AlO9S RFM Summlement
.. 11
Optlonal Equipnwnt Suppknwnts W l n Strike
Oocunmnt K10000040A014 ProtKtkn Sy.brm
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
No. SUBJECT APPROVAL
- Issue EASA Approved on behalf
EASA.R.kOl369
--
on k h t w d ANAC
I
Supplamnt 11 AlOBS RFM
WL. S61k. 0pUM.l Equipment Supplunenta
Prot.ctlon Syst.m Documant N*t-14
This Page Intentionally Lefl Blank
EASA Approved
on kh.lf of ANAC
Optional Equipment Supplements Wire SMke
Document N'10900040A014 Protection System
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
EASA.R.C.01941
EASA Approved
Wire SMke Optional Equipment Supplements
Plotectlon System Document N010900040A014
EASA Approved
AIOOS RFM Sqpkment 11
Optional Equipment Supphmonts W b SMke
Document N*10000040A014 Prohttion System
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in me omer



Title page 0
'A-1 and A-2 0
'B-1 and B-2 0
i thru ii 0
-
1 thru4of6 0
-
5and6of6 0
; _ _ _
-.-... r-..-
.?--.. .. . .f+y;;
" :7 .
-
. ., . .. ;.;
. . .
, ,
; - "
: Supplement 11 A1WS RFM

WlnSMk. O p t i o ~Equlpmnt
l Suppkmentr
Protadon System Document N'10000040A014

Optlonal Equipment Supplements Wire Strike
Document Ne109G0040A0l4 Protection System


Title page 0
A-I and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i thnr ii 0
-
1 thru4of6 0
-
5and6of6 0
Optional Equipment Supplements WIm Strike
Document N010900040A014 Protection System
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 6
-
-
EXTERNAL PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS ...................................... 2 of 6

TAKE-OFF .............................................................................. 3 of 6
APPROACH AND LANDING ................................................. 4 of 6
-
PROCEDURES
GENERAL .............................................................................. 4 of 6
-
Supplement I 1 AIOSS RFM
Wire Strlke Optional Equipment Supplements
Protection System Document N'lOSG0040A014
-
Page
-
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .................................. 5 of 6
SECTION 8 - HANDLING, SERVICING AND

MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 5 of 6
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Wire Stdke
Document Nel0900MOA014 Protection System
GENERAL
Note
The functional performance of the wire strike
protection system has not been demon-
strated.
The wire strike protection system PIN 109-0812-07 is designed to pro-
vide a measure of protection for the helicopter in the event of inadvert-
ent flight into horizontally strung mechanical, electrical and
communication wires and cables.
The wire strike protection system consists of a roof mounted wedge-
type cutter, a bottom fuselage mounted cutter, a nose access door
reinforcement, a window strut bumper and windshield mounted deflec-
tor to facilitate wire sliding.
Note
The lower cutter can be locked in two posi-
tions; in forward tilted position for flight and
in backward tilted position for nose access
door opening or for helicopter towing. The
red-banded safety pin must be used to keep
the lower cutter deflector in backward tilted
position.
EASA Approved 214946 Page Iof 6

Supplement 11 AlWS RFM
Wlm smke Optloml Equipment Supplements
ProtectbnSystem Document N'10000040A014
-
No change.
-
Area NO1 (Helicopter Nose)
Note
Before opening the access door of the nose
compartment it is necessary: to remove the
quick lock release pin from the lower cutter
and tilt the deflector in backward position; to
lock the lower cutter deflector in backward
tilted position by means of the red banded
safety pin; to remove the quick lock release
pin which connects the nose access door
reinforcement to the window strut bumper;
to unlock the upper nose door fasteners and
door latches.
Lower Cutter Condition and locked in forward

position.

Optional Equipment Supplements Wire SMke
Document N'lMKi0040A014 Protection System
Damage may result from landing gear

retraction if the lower cutter is not locked in
forward position.
I) Nose access door reinforce- : Condition and connected to the
ment window strut bumper.
Area NO2 (Fuselage -RH side)
I)Wiper deflectors and window : Condition and secured.

strut bumper
rcS I)Upper cutter : Condition and secured.
Area NO6 (Fuselage I H side)
I)Upper cutter : Condition and secured.

I)Wiper deflectors and window : Condition and secured.
strut bumper
TAKE-OFF
n
Excessive nose down attitude during transi-
tion to forward flight may cause the lower
cutter deflector to hit the ground.
EASA Approved
Wlm Strlke Optional Equipment Supplements
Protection System Document N ' l ~ A O l 4
It is recommended to land on even surfaces

when the wire strike protection system is
installed.
-
PROCEDURES
GENERAL
In the event of a wire strike, land as soon as possible and perform
engine shutdown.
Before next flight the aircraft must be inspected for damage.
-
No change.

Optional Equipment Supplements WIre SMke
Document Ne10900040A014 Protection System

CI No change.
-
-
SECTION 8 HANDLING, SERVICING AND
MAINTENANCE
TOWING
Before connecting the towing bar to the nose wheel, remove the quick
lock release pin from the lower cutter deflector and tilt the deflector
n backward.
Lock the deflector in backward position by means of the red-banded
safety pin.
When towing operation is completed and after towing bar removal, tilt
the deflector in forward position and lock it by means of the quick lock
release pin.

W h strike
Pmtectkn System
EASA Approved
Optional Equipment Supplements EAPS
Document N~l~GOO4OAOl4
ENGINE AIR
PARTICLE SEPARATOR
PIN 109-0811-55
This Supplement and Supplement 7 (if Category A Operations are

required) shall be attached to the A I M RFM (Section 5) when the
Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) is installed.
basic Rotorcrafl Flight Manual.

ENGINE AIR
PARTICLE SEPARATOR
PIN 109-0811-55
This Supplement and Supplement 7 (if Category A Operations are

required) shall be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5) when the
Engine Air Particle Separator (EAPS) is installed.
L--:^ D-&-----P CI:-LI ..--..-I
u a s ~~
~Ui L ~ I C rllyllL
~I~IL M~IIU~I.

-..--I----& ----..
S U ~ ~ I ~ I I I ~WIISUIL
IIL,
l..L- L--:- --A -----
P
L I I ~ U ~ S I Cnu1urr;ran
;
,-,:-LA ..--
rllynt Manual.
__-I
ISSUE : 14 DECEMBER 2006

Supphent 12
EAPS
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue 1 EASA Appmved on behalf
EASA.RA.01389
EAsA Appravrd
on behalf of M A C
AlOOS RFM
O w M l k l u l m SUP-
Doounnnt W10000040A014

LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUBJECT
No.
EASA.R.C.02044
dated 14 December 2006
EASA Approved
EAPS Optlonal Equipment Supplements
EASA Approved
A1095 RFM Supplement 12
;)ptlonalEquipment Supplements UPS
Document N o l ~ A O 1 4
NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in the ourer

margin of the page and the approval revision number Is printed
NOTE: The pink pages apply to ANAC registered AIOQS helicopters

paw Revision No Page Revlslon No

'Tile page 0
'A-1 and A-2 0
'B-1 and 8-2 0
i thm xii 0
-
1 thm 115 of 116 0
-
116 of 116 0
--
-- . - -. --- -- -
- - - -
..,f - - -.
-
Supplomont 12 AlOW RFY
EMS optknr1- Wppknwnt.
DocwrrmtN*1~14

Optlonal Equlpment Supplements EAPS


Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i thru xii 0
-
1 thru 115 of 116 0
-
116 of 116 0
S u p p h n t 12 AlOSS RFM
EAPS Optional Equipment Supplemnts

Optional Equipment Supplement. EAPS
Document NO1OgG0040A014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
PART I EASAAPPROVED
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 116
-
-
EXTERNAL PREFLIGHT CHECKS ........................................

2 of 116
PILOT'S PREFLIGHT CHECK............................................
2 of 116
ENGINE PRESTART CHECK. ........................................ 2 of 116

SYSTEMS CHECK ..................................................................3 of 116
IN FLIGHT ...............................................................................3 of 116
APPROACH AND LANDING .................................................. 3 of 116
SHUTDOWN ............................................................................ 3 of 116
ADVISORY CAPTION DEFINITIONS .....................................4 of 116
-
PROCEDURES
ENGINE FAILURE ..................................................................

5 of 116
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE PROCEDURE........................5 of 116
FlRE .........................................................................................
5of 116
ENGINE FlRE IN FLIGHT
(with or without engine fire extinguisher installed) ..............5 of 116
EAPS Operatlo~lEquipment Supplement:
Document NolOgOMWOA014
Page
FLIGHT IN THUNDERSTORM LIGHTNING STRIKE . ...........5 of 116

CAUTION SYSTEM .................................................................
6 of 116
CAUTION MESSAGE .........................................................6 of 116
EAPS MALFUNCTION ........................................................... 6 of 116

ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS .....................................................
7 of 116
ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT ..........................................7 of 116
ENGINE START IN MANUAL MODE (ON GROUND) .......7 of 116
ENGINE SHUTDOWN IN MANUAL MODE........................7 of 116
.
GENERAL................................................................................ 8 of 116
ENGINE POWER CHECKS..................................................... 9 of 116
HOVER CEILING................................................................... 15 of 116
HEIGHT-VELOCITY DIAGRAM ............................................ 33 of 116
FLY-AWAY MANOEUVRE..................................................... U of 116
RATE OF CLIMB .................................................................45 of 116
CARGO HOOK OPERATIONS (WITH EAPS)......................95 of 116

HOVER CEILING .............................................................. 95 of 116
RATE OF CLIMB...............................................................95 of 116
.
SECTION 6 -WEIGHT AND BALANCE ............................. 116 of 116

.
SECTION 7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................... 116 of 116
11 14-1208
Optlonal Equipment Supplements EAPS
Document N'1MGWAOl4
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
ENGINE POWER CHECKS

Figure 4-1 Power Assurance Check in Hover -
EAPS OFF ...................................................I 1 of 116
Figure 4-2 Power Assurance Check in Hover -
EAPS ON..................................................... 12 of 116
Figure 4-3 Power Assurance Check in Flight -
EAPS OFF .......................................................
13 of 116
HOVER CEILING
Figure 4-4 Hover Ceiling - IGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
- EAPS OFF ECS OFF ..................................16 of 116
Figure 4-5 -
Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power - AEO
- -
EAPS ON ECS OFF....................................17 of 116
Figure 4-6 Hover Ceiling - IGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
- EAPSOFF- ECSON....................................18 of 116
Figure 4-7 Hover Ceiling - IGE at Take-Off Power - AEO
-EAPSON- ECSON .....................................190f 116
Figure 4-8 -
Hover Ceiling IGE at Maximum Continuous
- -
Power AEO EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ...........20 of 116
Figure 4-9 Hover -
Ceiling IGE at Maximum Continuous
Power - AEO - EAPS ON - ECS OFF..............21 of 116
- - -
Power AEO EAPS OFF ECS ON..............22 of 116
-
Power - AEO - EAPS ON ECS ON ...............23 of 116
Figure 4-12 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
- EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ..................................24 of 116
Figure 4-13 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power - AEO
- -
EAPS ON ECS OFF....................................25 of 116
Figure 4-14 Hover Ceiling - OGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
EAPS OFF - ECS ON....................................26 of 116
-
Figure 4-15 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power - AEO
-
- EAPS ON ECS ON .....................................27 of 116
-
Power - AEO - EAPS OFF ECS OFF ............ 28 of 116
EAPS Operational Equipment Supplement!
Document N'1090OOIOAO14
Figure Page
Power - AEO - EAPS ON - ECS OFF ..............29 of 116
Power - AEO - EAPS OFF - ECS ON ..............30 of 116
Power - AEO - EAPS ON - ECS ON................31 of 116
Figure 4-20 Height - Velocity Diagram - Common Chart A... 35 of 116
Figure 4-21 Height - Velocity Diagram - Chart B -
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ....................................36 of 116
Figure 4-22 Height -Velocity Diagram - Chart C -
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ......................................38 of 116
Figure 4-24 Height - Velocity Diagram - Chart C -
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ......................................39 of 116
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ......................................40 of 116
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ......................................41 of 116
EAPS ON - ECS ON ........................................42 of 116
EAPS ON - ECS ON ........................................43 of I16
RATE OF CLIMB
- Gross Weight 2300 kg - EAPS OFF
- ECS OFF ................................................
- ECS OFF ................................................
- ECS OFF ................................................
Document Ne10BGOMOA014
Figure Page
- ECS OFF......................................................49 of 116
- Gross Weight 2300 kg - EAPS ON
- ECS OFF...................................................50 of 116
- ECS OFF....................................................... 51 of 116
- ECS OFF .......................................................
52 of 116
- ECS OFF.......................................................53 of 116
- ECS ON...................................................54 of 116
- ECS ON.........................................................
550f 116
- ECS ON......................................................... 56 of 116
- ECS ON......................................................... 57 of 116
- ECS ON.........................................................58 of 116
- ECS ON........................................................
59 of 116
- ECS ON.........................................................
60 of 116
14-12-06 vil
EAPS Opemtlo~lEquipment Supplement
Figure Page
- ECS ON........................................................61 of 116
Figure 4-45 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous
Power - AEO - Gross Weight 2300 kg -
EAPS OFF - ECS OFF .................................... 63 of 116
- -
Power AEO Gross Weight 2900 kg -
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF .................................... 64 of 116
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF ....................................65 of 116
- -
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF ......................................66 of 116
- -
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ...................................... 67 of 116
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ...................................... 68 of 116
- -
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ...................................... 69 of 116
-
Power AEO - Gross Weight 2300 kg -
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ......................................70 of 116
- -
-
EAPS OFF ECS ON ...................................... 71 of 116
- -
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ......................................72 of 116
vlll 141246
Optional Equlpment Supplements EAPS
Figure Page
- -
-
EAPS OFF ECS ON ......................................73 of 116
- -
EAPS ON - ECS ON.......................................74 of 116
- -
-
EAPS ON ECS ON.......................................75 of 116
-
Power - AEO Gross Weight 2900 kg -
EAPS ON - ECS ON........................................76 of 116
- -
-
EAPS ON ECS ON........................................77 of 116
Figure 4-61 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power OEl -
- Gross Weight 2300 kg - EAPS OFF ..............78 of 116
- Gross Weight 2600 kg - EAPS OFF .............. 79 of 116
Figure 4-63 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power - OEl
- Gross Weight 2900 kg - EAPS OFF ..............80 of 116
-
Gross Weight 3175 kg - EAPS OFF ..............81 of 116
- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS ON................82 of 116
- -
- Gross Weight 2900 kg - EAPS ON................84 of 116
Figure 4-68 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power - OEl
- -
- -
Power OEl Gross Weight 2300 kg -
EAPS OFF .......................................................86 of 116
- -
Power OEl Gross Weight 2600 kg -
EAPS OFF ....................................................87 of 116
EAPS Operational Equlptnant Supplement.
Documont Ng100000110A014
Figure Page
Power - OEl- Gross Weight 2900 kg -
EAPS OFF .......................................................88 of 116
EAPS OFF ....................................................... 89 of 116
EAPS ON .........................................................90 of 116
EAPS ON ......................................................... 91 of 116
EAPS ON .........................................................92 of 116
EAPS ON ........................................................ 9 2 of 116
CARGO HOOK OPERATIONS (WITH EAPS)
HOVER CEILING
- EAPS OFF - ECS OFF ..................................96 of 116
- EAPS ON - ECS OFF....................................97 of 116
- EAPS OFF- ECS ON ..................................... 98 of 116
- EAPS ON - ECS ON...................................... 99 of 116
Power -AEO-EAPSOFF-ECSOFF .........100of 116
Power - AEO - EAPS ON - ECS OFF ...........I01 of 116
Power - AEO - EAPS OFF - ECS ON ...........I02 of 116
Power - AEO - EAPS ON - ECS ON.............103 of 116
Figure Page
rn RATE OF CLIMB
-
ECS OFF .................................................... 104 of 116
- ECS OFF....................................................105 of 116
-
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS OFF -
-
ECS ON.....................................................106 of 116
-
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS ON -
- ECS ON..................................................... 107 of 116
- -
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF ..................................108 of 116
m Figure 4-90 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous
- -
EAPS ON - ECS OFF ....................................109 of 116
EAPS OFF - ECS ON ....................................I10 of 116
-
EAPSON ECSON...................................... 111 of 116
Figure 4-93 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power OEl- -
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS OFF - -
ECS OFF ....................................................... 112 of 116
Figure 4-94 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power - OEl -
Gross Weight 3200 kg - EAPS ON -
ECS OFF .......................................................113 of 116
Power - OEl - Gross Weight 3200 kg -
n -
EAPS OFF ECS OFF ..................................114 of 116
Power - OEl - Gross Weight 3200 kg -
EAPSON-ECSOFF .....................................1150f 116
EAPS Operational Equlpmrnt Supplement!
Document No10W0040A014

GENERAL
(r The Engine Air Particle Separators (EAPS), PIN 109-0811-55, protect
the engines against the ingestion of air contaminated with sand, dust
and other foreign particles or objects.
The EAPS system consists of a particle separator located in front of
each engine air intake. Additional hardware (tubing, hoses, electrical
cables) and control units for the engine bleed air shut-off valves com-
plete the installation.
In the EAPS foreign particles are separated by the swirling action of
the air passing through the vortex generators contained in the particle
separator. The clean air then enters the engine air intake, while the
foreign particles are directed into a lower chamber by the scavenge
flow. From this chamber, the foreign particles are discharged outboard
through an ejector activated by the engine bleed-air.
The EAPS is activated via a control switch on the overhead panel.
This switch permits air to be bled from the engine for the air separation
)r and ejection process. The EAPS can also be operated without blee-
dair, however its efficiency is then reduced by 50%. Should the EAPS
be used without bleed air the particles are accumulated in the lower
chamber of the ejector unit until the chamber is completely full. When
the chamber is full the EAPS can no longer separate the air and sub-
sequently contaminated air will then flow into the engine intake.
EASA Approved
Supplement 12 AIOBS RFM
EAPS Optional Equlpment Supplements
-
No change.
-
EXTERNAL PREFLIGHT CHECKS
PILOT'S PREFLIGHT CHECK
-
I)EAPS : Cover removed; integrity; free of
foreign matter andlor obstruction.
-
Area NO6 (Fuselage LH side)
I)EAPS : Cover removed; integrity; free of
foreign matter andlor obstruction.

At the end of ENGINE PRE-START CHECK sequence:
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : ON.

Check that # I EAPS ON and
#2 EAPS ON advisory messages
are displayed on EDU 2, and
# I EAPS PRES and #2 EAPS
PRES caution messages are
displayed on EDU 1.
EASA Approved
A1Ogg RFM Supplement 12
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : OFF.

on EDU 2 are suppressed, and
# I EAPS PRES and #2 EAPS
PRES caution messages on
EDU 1 are suppressed.
SYSTEMS CHECK
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : ON.
Check that #1 EAPS ON and
#2 EAPS ON advisory mes-
sages are displayed on EDU 2.
Engine temperature (TOT) : Note increase by about 15 "C.
On completion of systems check: :
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : As required.
IN FLIGHT
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : As required.

EAPS Iand EAPS 2 switches : As required.
SHUTDOWN
Before ENG Iand ENG 2 MODE switches to OFF:
EAPS 1 and EAPS 2 switches : OFF (if utilized).
on EDU 2 are suppressed.

EAPS Optional Equipment Supplements
Document No10BG004QA014
ADVISORY CAPTION DEFINITIONS

CAS Caption (Green) System State
#IEAPS ON Engine I Air Particle Separator activated
#2 EAPS ON Engine 2 Air Particle Separator activated
Page 4 of I 1 6 14-1246 EASA Approved

-
m PROCEDURES
ENGINE FAILURE
SINGLE ENGINE FAILURE PROCEDURE

After a safe OEl flight has been established:

Check that #1 EAPS ON and
FlRE
m
ENGINE FlRE IN FLIGHT
(with or without engine fire extinguisher installed)

-
FLIGHT IN THUNDERSTORM LIGHTNING STRIKE
Induced current overloads caused by lightnings could trip the EAPS
switches.
If required, reset EAPS switches to ON.

CAUTION SYSTEM
CAUTION MESSAGE

(2) EAPS PRES
#I Assodated engine bleed air shut-off
valve malfunction.
EAPS MALFUNCTION
I
1Pl(2) EAPS PRES
Malfunction of affected engine bleed air shut-off

valve:
- non-opening of the valve with EAPS
switch in ON position.
- nokclosure of the valve with EAPS
switch in OFF position.
I
Proceed
with flight.
Correct problem
before next flight.

Document N"l09G0040AOl4
ENGINE MALFUCTIONS
n
ENGINE RESTART IN FLIGHT
Before attempting a restart in flight, either in AUTO mode or MANUAL
mode:
EAPS switch (on affected engine) : OFF.

Check that #1(2) EAPS ON of
affected engine advisory message
on EDU 2 is suppressed.
ENGINE START IN MANUAL MODE (ON GROUND)

ENGINE SHUTDOWN IN MANUAL MODE

Before engine power lever to OFF:

EASA Approved
-
GENERAL
This section provides the performance data for A109S helicopters
equipped with EAPS in the following configurations:
- Basic helicopters
- Helicopters equipped with EnvironmentalControl System (ECS).
- Helicopters equipped with Cargo Hook.
Refer to Supplement 7 for Category A Operations.
The presence of the partide separators (EAPS installed), even with
bleed-air shut-off valve closed (EAPS OFF), causes an increase of
power losses due to a pressure reduction of the engine intake. The
increase of power losses is more evident when the bleed-air shut-off
valves is open (EAPS ON).
Whenever the EAPS is installed the helicopter performance is
reduced when compared to the basic helicopter configuration without
the EAPS installed.
Performance charts with EAPS (ON and OFF) and ECS (ON and
OFF) are provided for all engine operative (AEO).
During single engine operations (OEl) performance charts with the
EAPS (ON and OFF) and ECS switched OFF are provided.
EASA Approved
ENGINE POWER CHECKS

n (Figures 4-1 to 4-3)
The purpose of the Engine Power Assurance Checks, with EAPS
installed, is to provide a means of monitoring engine health on an on-
going basis. Three check types are provided for this purpose:
- a GroundlHover Power Assurance Check
- EAPS OFF
- EAPS ON
- a Level Flight Power Assurance Check
- EAPS OFF.
A GroundlHover Power Assurance Check procedure (EAPS OFF or
ON as required) is provided to the operator. The procedure should be
used to check if the engine power available, before take-off, is within
the limits to guarantee the performance presented in this Section.
Another procedure is provided, to enable the operator to check the
rn engine power in level flight. The procedure should be used to check if
the power available is within the limits to guarantee the performance
presented in this Section and maintain a trend chart to monitor the
deterioration of the engine with operating hours.
Do not exceed any engine andlor transmis-

sion maximum continuous limits, and main-
tain helicopter within operating limits during
both checks.

Supplement 12 AlOW RFM
€ M A Approved
A109s RFM ..
Optlonai Equipment Supplement8 EAPS
EAPS OFF
'HEATERECS OFF POWER ASSURANCE CHECK
T PW07C
S ENGINES
I E T ENGINE MODE SWITCH: FLIGHT
GENERATOR LOAD TO MINIMUM HOVER ' O'fHER ENGINE MODE SWTTCH: IDLE
'SET NR to 102%
INCREASE COLLECTIVE UNTIL LIGHT ON WHEELS OR HOVERING AT 3 FEET. NOSE INTO THE WIND. DO NOT EXCEED 840'C TOT OR 97.2% N1 QR 125 %TORQUE.
STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE, THEN RECORD OAT, PRESSUREALTITUDE, ENGINE TORQUE. TOT AND N1.
ENTER CHART AT INDICATED TORQUE. MOVE DOWN TO INTERSECT PRESSURE ALTITUDE. PROCEED TO M E RIGHT TO INTERSECT OAT,
M E N MOVE UP TO READ VALUES FOR MAXIMUMALLOWABLE TOT AND GAS PRODUCER RPM (NI).
1 :
IF INDICATED TOT OR N l EXCEEDS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VALUE, REPEAT CHECK. STABILIZING POWER FOR TWO MINUTES.
'REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE 1:, : , . ,
'IF EITHER ENGINE EXCEEDS ALLOWABLE TOT OR Nl. PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE MAY NOT BE ACHIEVABLE. REFER TO EMM.
1 . > ::, ,
-
ENolNE TORQUE [XI -
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TOT pC] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE N1- [XI
Figure 4-1 Power Assurance Check in Hover EAPS OFF -

EASA Approved
Suppkmnt 12 A1OBS RFM
EAPS Optlolul Equlpmen Suppbmnts
Document YYOSGOMOA&4
EAPS ON POWER ASSURANCE CHECK PWZ07C ENGINES 'TEST ENGINE MOM SWITCH: FLIGHT
'HEATERIECS OFF HOVER 'OTHER ENGINE MODE SWITCH: IDLE
GENERATOR LOAD TO MINIMUM
SET NR to 102%
INCREASE COLLECTIVE UNTIL LIGHT ON WHEELS OR HOVERING AT 3 FEET, NOSE INTO THE WIND. DO NOT EXCEED 840'C TOT OR 97.2% N1 OR 125 % TORQUE.
STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE. THEN RECORD OAT, PRESSURE ALTITUM. ENGINE TORQUE. TOT AND N1.
'ENTER CHART AT INDICATEDTORQUE, MOVE DOWN TO INTERSECT PRESSUREALTITUOE. PROCEED TO THE RIGHT TO INTERSECT OAT.
THEN MOVE UP TO READ VALUES FOR MAXIMUMALLOWABLE TOT AND GAS P R O D U C E R P (Nl).
' IF INDICATED TOT OR N l EXCEEDS MAXIMUMALLOWABLE VALUE, REPEAT CHECK. STA ILKING POWER FOR TWO MINUTES.
REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE
'IF EITHER ENGINE EXCEEDS ALLOWABLE TOT OR N1, PUBLISHED PERFORMANCE MAY NOT BE ACHIEVABLE. REFER TO EMM.
ENGINE TORWE - [K] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TOT - rq MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE N l - m]
Figure 4-2 Power Assurance Check in Hover EAPS ON -

A1OgS RFM
Optbnd Equipment Suppknwnb
'WSOFF POWER ASSURANCE CHECK PWZ07C ENGINES GOV. SWITCH TO MANUAL

'HEATERIECS OFF IN FUGHT ENG. GOV. SWITCH TO AUTO
GENERATOR LOAD TO MINIMUM
'SET NR to 100% ESTABLISH LEML FLIGHT AT LEAST 1000 FT AGL
'AIRSPEED=I00 f10 KlAS
I/DR
OPERATE TEST ENG TRIM TO INCREASE POWER UNTIL ENGINE TORQUE IS WITHIN TEST RANGE. DO NOT EXCEED 840'C TOT OR 07.2% N1
* STABILIZE POWER ONE MINUTE. THEN RECORD OAT. PRESSURE ALTITUDE. ENGINETORQUE. TOT AND N1.
1 W % TORQUE.
ENTER CHART AT INDICATEDTORQUE. MOVE DOWN TO INTERSECT PRESSURE ALTITUDE. PROCEED TO THE RIGHT TO INTERSECT OAT.
THEN MOVE UP TO READ VALUES FOR MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TOT AND OAS PRODUCER RPM (NI).
,
IF INDICATEDTOT OR N1 EXCEEDS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VALUE. REPEAT CHECK. STABILIZING POWER TWO MINUTES.
REPEAT CHECK USING OTHER ENGINE.
* IF EITHER ENGINE EXCEEDSALLOWABLE TOT OR N1. AFER STABILIZING TWO MINUTES. CARRY OUT A POWER ASSURANCE CHECK IN HdVER.
I
-
ENGINE TORQUE [ ~ 1 vrwyuu ALLOWABLE TOT rc]-
-
Figure 4-3 Power Assurance Check in Flight EAPS OFF
EASA Approved
This Page tntentiomlly Left Blank
Document N'l09G0040AO14
HOVER CEILING
fi (Figures 4-4 to 4-19)
IGE hover (at 3 R wheel height) or an OGE hover (60 ft AGL) is possi-
ble for varying combinations of Pressure Altiiude and OAT with main
rotor speed (NR) at 102% and zero wind conditions.
Power (TOP) and Maximum Continuous Power (MCP) with EAPS
OFF or ON, and wlh the ECS in OFF and ON conditions.
EASA Approved 14-1206 Page 15 of116

A109s RFM
OpUonai Equipment Suppkmnb
10W1WMO(rn.A ICNCB(C156M00-L01~1OA.0l1l
- -
Figure 4-4 Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power AEO
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF
-
Page16 of116 14-1246 EASA Approved

TAKEOFF POWER AEO
R O m SPEED:lmK ELECTRICAL LOliD: 160 A TOTAL

ZERO W D WHEEL HEK)WT:3(I
EIPSoNEC8ofF
10WIEaMMW nV. A K ; N ~ A - 1 5 6 m 0 0 M I ~ 0 1 . 1
-
Figure 4-5 Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved
EAPS O p t l o ~El q u l ~ nSt u p p b n t r r
HOVER WUNG IN GROUND EFFECT

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
GROSS WEIGHT Ilb x 1001
GROSS WEIGHT pg x 1001
- -
Figure 4 8 Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power AEO
-
EAPS OFF ECS ON
-

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:11)2X ELECTRICAL Lorn 160 A TOTIL

ZERO WINO WHEEL HEiMT:9 tl
E*PSONECSON
- -
Figure 4-7 Hover Ceiling IGE at Take-Off Power AEO
-
EAPS ON ECS ON
-
EASA Approved 1442.06 Page 19 ot 116
EAPS O p t l o ~Equipment
l Supplements
Documant N0l0900040A014
HOVER CEIUNQ IN QROUNDEFFECT

ELECTRCAL 1.019:IKI A mrfi

WnEELRWHT:S(I
U P S O R ECS OFF
- -
AEO- EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
A i m RFM Supplenwnt 12
Document N*10900040A014

ROTOR SPEED:lOZ% ELECTRICALLOID: 150 A TOTIL

ZERO WIND WHEEL HWHT:3 fl
EAPS ON ECB OFF
-
- -
AEO EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved

MAXIMUMCONTINUOUS POWER AEO
ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTAL

WHEEL HElW'Wfl
EwsOFFEcsffl
GROSS WElGHT[lb x 1001
60
55
50
45
40 g
M
35 zE
30 13
25 g!
20 u t
$
15
10
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
GROSS WEIGHT x 1001
- --
AEO EAPS OFF ECS ON -

ROTOR WEED:IWK ELECTRICALLOID: I S A TOTAL

ZERO WlND WHEEL HWHT.8 f l
EAPSONECSON
GROSS WEIGHTpb x IW]

46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72
20
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
GROSS WEIGHT k g x 1001
109Q158Mrm nv. A ICNOBA-166W&G-Ml~AQ1-1
-
- -
AEO EAPS ON ECS ON -
EASA Approved
EAPS

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ELECTRCALLOAD: is0 A TOTAL

EAPSOFF~OFF
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VlOUTlON OF H-V.
100016MMO(nv.A K‘NoBA-16WOOO-A01~.M)111
- -
Figure 4-12 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power AEO
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF
-
EASA Approved

TAKEQFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:lO2% ELECTRICAL LOM: 160 A TOTAL

ZERO WW(D EAPS ON ECS OFF
CAUTION: OOE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.

GROSS WEIGHT @bx 1001
GROSS WEIGHT k g x 1001
-
Figure 4-13 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved 14-1206 Page 25 of
Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
CAUTION: OOE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF KV.

x 1001
GROSS WElGtlT~lb
GROSS WEIGHT [kg x loo]
-
Figure 4-14 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
EAPS OFF ECS ON -

TAKEQFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:lOZ% ELECTRICALLOID: l W A TOTAL

ZEROWMD EIPsoNECSOU
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.

GROSS WEIGHT [lb x 1W]
46485052545658606264W687072
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
GROSS WEIGHT mg x 1001
108G158o*m( rav. A ICN~A-lSMWOM128m630A0111
-
Figure 4 1 5 Hover Ceiling OGE at Take-Off Power AEO -
-
EAPS ON ECS ON -
EASA Approvud
Document No10gQ0040A014

MAXIMUM CONTlNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR 8PEELtlOPX ELECTMCU LOM: 150 A TOTU

ZEROWWY) EAPS O R ECS Off
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATIONMAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.
GROSS WEIGHT [kg x 1001
10W1680MMm.A ~A-166M00-A01~11A.01.1
- --
Figure 416 Hover Ceiling OGE at Maximum Continuous Power
AEO EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
Document N'1 0900040A014

MAXIMUM CONnNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:IOZK ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTU

ZERO WIND EAPSONECSOFF
CAUTION: OGE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.
10901580M(Y rev. A ICN-40-A.iSMOW-Ml~-AOl-l
-
AEO EAPS ON ECS OFF
-
- -
EASA Approved
EAPS Optlonal Equipment Suppkmenb
HOVER CEILING OUT OF QRWND EFFECT

MAXIMUM CONTlNUOUS POWER AE0
ROTOR SPEEB102K ELECTRICAL LOC9: 150 A TOTU

2EROWHD EAPSOFFECSON
- --
Page30 of116 44-12-06 EASA Approved
Document Nel0900040A014

ROTOR SPEED:IOZ% ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTAL

ZERO WlND EAPsONEC8ON
-
- -
EASA Approved
EAPS Optknal Equlpnmnt Supplements
Document Na100G0040A014

rh The Height-Velocity diagram is used to establish if, with EAPS
installed, in the event of a single engine failure during take-off, landing
or other operations near the surface, a combination of airspeed and
height above ground exists for which a safe single engine landing on a
smooth, level and hard surface cannot be assured (dangerous zone).
The Height-Velocity diagram is split in three charts (Charts A, B and C).
The live engine is operating at 2.5 minute OEl Power rating limit, with
EAPS OFF or ON, and with the ECS in OFF and ON conditions.
Chart A
Common Chart A (Figure 4-20) defines a transfer value, as a function
of weight, altitude and temperature, and defines the use of Chart B
(Figures 4-21.4-23,4-25 and 4-27) or Chart C (Figures 4-22.4-24, 4-
26 and 4-28), if entering respectively, in Area 1 or Area 2.
m Charts B and C
Charts B and C define the shape of the H-V curve. The H-V shape is
obtained by joining the high hover point (HH), determined by entering
the appropriate chart with the pressure altitude, Hp, OAT and transfer
value, with the fixed points KN = 40 ft 130 kts and LH = 10 R10 kts.
Chart B is applicable to Hd below 7000 R (Area 1 of Chart A).
Chart C is applicable to Hd from 7000 R to the altitude limit, which is
14,000 Hp or 14,000 Hd whichever comes first. (Area 2 of Chart A).
NO H-V Area (Green area of Chart B and C)

Combination of weighffaltitudeltemperature at which no H-V curve exists.
Yellow Area of Chart B and C

Combination of weighffaltitude/temperatureat which the shape of the H-V
curve isfixed by LH = 10RIO kts, KN =40fl130 kts, HH, =80RIOkts.

FLY-AWAY MANOEUVRE
-
Fly-away is the manoeuvre that, in case of an engine failure occurring
in hovering out of ground effect at High Hover point (HH) plus 20 ft, 4
allows enough height to gain a suitable speed for a single engine flight
condition with a ground clearance of 10 R.
Fly-away Height Calculation

Whenever the Height-Velocity diagram exists, it is possible to suc-
cessfully carry out a fly-away manoeuvre by adding 20 R to the High
Hover point (HH) of the H-V curve.
In all other conditions with NO H-V AREA, it is possible to complete a
fly-away manoeuvre from a minimum height of 80 ft.
EASA Approved
Opttonal equipment Suppkmenta EAPS
Docu- N ~ l ~ A O 1 4
HEIGHT-VELOCITY
COMMON CHART A
-
Pmssum altitude [ft]
Figure 4-20 Height -

EASA Approved
Ii 1412-06 Page 35 of 116
EAPS OFF ECS OFF
- - - -
Figure 4-21 W g h t Veladty Diagram Chmt 8 EAPS OFF ECS OFF
P a p # d l 1 6 144246
Documant NO10900040A014
EAPS OFF ECS OFF
- - -
Figure 4-22 Height -Velocity Diagram dhart C EAPS OFF ECS OFF
EASA Approved
Suppbmnt 12
EAPS
Document N010ga0040A014
HEIGHT-VELOCITY Height -
ground [n]
CHART B 1m
EAPS ON ECS OFF
12 10 8 6 4
-
Pmsure altitude [ft x 10001
~ i b u r 4-23
e - - -
Height -Velocity Diagram Chart B EAPS ON ECS OFF

m:.
AlO9S RFM Supplemnt 12
Document N'l090M)40A014
HEIGHT-VELOCITY
EAPS ON ECS OFF
109G1580A004 REV.A
- - -
Figure 4-24 Height -Velocity Diagram Chart C EAPS ON ECS OFF
EASA Approved
- - - -
Figure 4 3 5 Height Velocity D i a g m Chart 6 EAPS OFF ECS ON
$ AlO9S RFM Supplement 12
Dowmmt NO10900MOA014
-..- -- -
HEIGHT-VELOCITY
EAPS OFF ECS ON
13 11 9 7
-1
TRANSFER
Pmssure altitude -[A x 10001

1109G1580A004 REV.A
Figure 4-26 Height -velocity Diagram -I c - UPS -
OFF ECS ON
1
EASA Approved
1 14-1246 Page41 of116
srrppkw12
EAPS
EAPS ON ECS ON
] ICKO&A-?550000-A07Wf7A-01-3 ]
- - - -
Figure 4-27 Height VeIocHy Dlagram Chart B EAPS ON ECS ON
il WAppwwd
Supplement 12
Documom No10900040A014
EAPSONECSON
13 11 9 7
-
Pmuure altitude [flx 10001
I
1 - -
Figure 4-28 Height -Velocity Diagram Chart C EAPS ON ECS ON
EASA Approved
Optlonai Equipment Supplements EAPS
RATE OF CLIMB
n (Figures 4-29 to 4-76)
The effect of the EAPS on Rate of Climb (ROC) performance is given
for the All Engines Operating (AEO) case and for the One Engine
Inoperative (OEl) case.
The climb performance shown are based on flight test results and
cover the range of gross weights from 2300 kg to the Maximum Gross
Weight of 3175 kg.
the Take-Off Power (TOP) rating limit and at the Maximum Continuous
Power (MCP) rating limits, with EAPS OFF and ON, and ECS ON and
OFF.
Power rating limits, with EAPS OFF and ON, and ECS OFF. The
datum speed for all Rate of Climb graphs is Vy, which is 75 KlAS up to
m 10,000 R and then decreases by 2 knots every 1,000 R to become
55 KlAS at 20,000 R.
Each graph presents the information for a specific Gross Weight. On
each graph, additional information is provided relative to the applica-
ble engine power rating. Care should be taken to ensure that the w r -
rect graph is utilized in obtaining Rate of Climb data.
EASA Approved 14-1208 Page 45 d l 1 6

Document ~ ' 1 0 ~ ~ 0 1 4
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
mmR8PEa):100%
AI(USDECREASE2htEACH1WOflMOVElOOOOn
RATE OF CLIMB [Wmln x 100]

- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
-
Document NO1 09GOMOA014
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROmR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICALLOID: lW A TOTAL
75 MAS, DECREASEZkl EACH 1000 fl AEOVE 10000fl EAPS OFF ECS OFF
RATE OF CLIMB [mls]
RATE OF CLIMB [Rlmin x 1001
109Q15(M001rn.A I C N O Q A - i ~ M i ~ M 1 . 1
Figure 4 3 0 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO -

- -
Document N*10000040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ROmR 8 P e 100 % ELECTRICAL LO*D: 150 A TOTU
m KIAS, DECREASE M EACH 1000 n ABOVE toooon EAPSOFFECSOFF
lOWtmWm4fm.A ICNOB*-t-lm.Ml-l
Figure 431 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO -

-
-Gross Weight 2900 kg EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
EASA Approved
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: l W X ELECTRICALLOAD 150 A TOTAL
75 MAS,DECREASE M EACH imn ABOVE ioooo n UPS OFF ECS OFF
109Gl6110Am4 m.A ICN-1-1SMOOG-Ml~AQ1~1

- -
Gross Weight 3175 kg EAPS OFF ECS OFF - -
EASA Approved
EAPS
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AE0
ROTOR SPEED: 1W K ELECTRICALO
.I NX 150 A
75 KUS, #CREASE M men iooo n mow ioooo n EAPSONECSOFF
RATE OF CLIMB [ d s ]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
RATE OF CUMB [ W i n x 100]
IOW~WOMM
W.A ICNQB-A-~S~OGOGAD~ZW@S.SM)I~~

- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved
Document N*lO9G0040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRICALLOM: 150 A TOTAL
rr MM, DECREASE ~ L UCH
I 1000(1ABOVE 1
- ft EAPSONECSOFF
lOQGl5WMDlrsv A ICN-A-165000Q-Ml~AOl-1
Figure 4 3 4 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO

- -
-
EAPS
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: IW x ELECTRICAL W 160A TOTAL
i KUS. ECREASE M mcn rooo n ABOVElaomn
n EIP~ONECSOFF
lODG16mkRWnu.A -A-1-Ml-l-M1~I

- -
EASA Approved
Document N"109G0040A014
RATE OF CUM8
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: IW % .A~ T A L
ELECTRICAL ~ * 0150
~I(USDECRE*bE2kEICHlWO(tABOVEIDOOO(t EAPS ON ECS OFF

- -
EASA Approved
Supplement 12 AIWS
~~- RFM
RATE OF CUMB
TAKEOFF POWER AEO
RATE OF CLIMB[mls]
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
RATE OF CLIMB [ W i n x 10a]

- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS OFF ECS ON - -
EASA Approved
Document NO1OGOMOAO14
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOID: lW A TOTAL
TS MAS,DECREASE ~ LEACH
I irmn ABOVE ioooon EAPSOFFEC~ON
RATE OF CUMB [tUmln x 1001
1 0 9 ~ 1 A~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ICN-A-1660000Ml-AOl-1

-
Gross Weight 2600 kg EAPS OFF ECS ON - - -
RATE OF CUMB
TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ROTOR8PEED:IWX ELECTRICAL LO*D: 150 A TOTU
m EICH
7s KUO. D~CRE~SE i a n WVE IWOO n EIPBORECBON
RATE OF CUMB [Rhnin x 1001
iOWi611YIIY IW.A ICN-i-M1-AOi.i

- -
Gross Weight 2900 kg EAPS OFF ECS ON -
EASA Approved
Document NO1OgGOMOAOl4
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROT& SWED: $00Y ELECTRICALLOW. IS0 A TOTAL
75 KIAS. DECREASE 2 ~ EACH
1 iooo n ABOVE loma n EAPSOFFECSON
RATE OF CLIMB [ W i n x 1001
10DG1EmAcWnv A ICNOB-A-1~M1Z0UJ64+AO1.1

-
Gross Weight 3175 kg EAPS OFF ECS ON- -
EAPS Optional Equlpmnt Supplements
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR 100 % ELECTRICALLOID: 150 A TOTU
75 KUS, DECREASE M EACH~ O O OnABOVE toono n EAPSONECSON
RATE OF CLIMB [ds]

200 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
RATE OF CUM0 [Nmin x 100]
~ O W ~ ~ M U XAU ~ V IW~&16MOOG-M1-7 AM-1
Figure 4 4 1 Rate of Climb at Take-Off Power AEO -

-
-Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS ON ECS ON -
58of116 14-12-06 EASA Approved
Document N 0 1 0 9 ~ A 0 1 4
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRICALLOID: 1% A TOTAL
n MAS, DECREASE 21cl WH 1000 (1ABOVE 1
- R E*PSoNECBoN
10001YDIW4 ,su. A ICN~A.1550W.G-M1-AQ1.1

-
Gross Weight 2600 kg EAPS ON ECS ON - - -
EASA Approved
EAPS Optloml Equipment Supplements
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ~ M L O C S150ATOTU
:
75 KIA& DECREASE!& EACH
I 1000 (IABOVE 10000(I EAPSONECSON
RATE OF CLIMB[mfs]
0 2 4 8 8 10 12 14
RATE OF CUMB [ W i n x 1001
1 0 W l e m . A -A-1~Ml2WC6+SM1.1

- -
Gross Weight 2900 kg EAPS ON ECS ON -
-
EASA Approved
Document NO1OSGOMOA014
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEW: 100 K ELECTRICAL LOID: IWA TOT*L
75 KIAS, DECREASE 216 EACH 1000tt ABOVE ICWOR U P S ON ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB [m/s]
RATE OF CLIMB [Rlmin x 1001
10801580Mmn~.A ICKO&A-16MMK1-Ml~AOl.l

- -
-
EASA, Approved
Document No10S00040A0l4
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRK:M LOID: 150 A TOTU
76I(U4DECREASE~EACHlWO~ABOVEl~~ ENSOFFEC(I0FF
RATE OF CLIMB[mls]
RATE OF CUM8 [ W n x 100]

- -
EASA Approved
Document NO109G0040AOl4
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEU): 100 K ELECTRICAL LOID: 150 A TOTIL
7s WAS, DECREASE 2 ~ EACH
1 1000 n ABOVE 1 ~ 0 0 1 1 UPS OFF ECB OFF
RATE OF CUMB [ W i n x 1001
IOW1JIYUaYm.A M-A-166M00rM128406W.AQI-1

- -
EAPS
RATE OF CUYB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTWCMLOID: I S O A T O T U
7SKUS.DECREIIlEZklEACH1000flIBOVElWWfl EAPSOFFECSOFF
Figure 447 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO

- -
-
EASA Approved
Document Nol09G0040A0l4
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICALLOM: l W A TOTIL
75 MAS, DECREASE M EACH1000 n ABOVE i m n UPS OFF ECS OFF
RATE OF CLIMB [~I's]
60
55
50
45
40 g*
35 $
30 2-
2u
25 5
8
20 g
15
10
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
RATE OF CUMB [Rhnln x 1001
lOW16(MOD(rw.A I C N O B A - i ~ A O ( ~ A 0 1 - 1

- -
EASA Approved 141246 Page6501116
Supplement 12 MOSS RFM
EAPS ~ p t ~ o ~quipmsnt
na~ Suppiementa
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR 8PEU):tOO K ELECTRCMLOAn I W A T O T U
n KM, DECREASE 2n EACH IOOO n ABOVE ioooo n EAPSONECSOFF
RATE OF CLIMB[ds]
RATE OF CUM6 [Rlhrin x la01
IOWI~MMO(~V.A ICHOBA-l-MISOOE&Ml-I

- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS ON ECS OFF - -
EASA Approved
OpUonal Equipment Supplements EAPS
Document N'l OgG0040A014
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: lo0 X ELECTRICAL LO*D:l M A TOTAL
nKIAS, DECREASE 2~ EACH iom n ABOVE ioooo n EAPS ON ECSOFF
FIAE OF CLIMB [mls]
10RilS8M004nv.A ICN~A.15S&WQ-Ml~AQl-I
Figure 4-50 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power AEO -

- -
EAPS
RATE OF CLIMB
MAXMUM CONTINUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR WEED: 100 x UECIRWL LO^ IW A TOTU
7s ~DISDECREASE216 EACH t m n ABOVE ioaoon EAPSONECSOFF
RATE OF W M B [lUmin x 100]
lOWI6*UOO(w.A ICN-SA-16MOOQMlZd4E6i-A01-1

- -
Page88ofll6 14-1246 EASA Approved
A10% RFM Supplement 12
Document N0l09GOMOA014
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOM: IW A TOTAL
75 m ~ sDECREASE
, m EACH 1000 n ABOVE IWOOn EAPS ON ECS OFF
RATE OF CUM6 [ M i n x 1001
~ O W ~ . ~ € ~ A U AJ ~ W . I C N ~ A - I ~ W W - P M ~ ~ * M * M ~

-
EASA Approved 14-12 0 6 Page 69 of 116
RATE OF CUMB
MAXIMUM CONflNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR WEED: 100 K ELECTRICAL LOAQ 160 A TOTAL
m KUS, DECREASEm EACHiann ABOVEiwoo n EIPSOFFEC~ON
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
RATE OF CUYB [Wmin x loill

- -
EASA Approved
Document N 0 1 ~ A 0 1 4
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICAL LOM: 150 A TOTAL
75 MAS, DECREASEM EACH 1W0 U ABOVE IWOO U EAPS OFF ECS ON
RATE OF CLIMB [Ns]
RATE OF CLIMB [Nmin x 1001
lOBQlEmK04~.A ICN9B.bl5SmOG-Ml~Ol~l

- -
EAPS Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELECT#CAL LOU): IWA ~ T I L
711 WAS, DECREASE 2~ EIC~ 1000 n ABOVE iwoo n EIPSOFFECSON
RATE OF CUM6 m n x 100]

- -
EASA Approved
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED:100 K ELECTRICALLO*D: l W A TOTIL
TS MAS. DECREASE M EACH imR ABOVE toam n EAPSOFF ECSON
10001Eawm4nv.A ffiN-OB&156000G-Ml-A4i-l

- -
EAPS O*lonal Eauipment Supplements
RATE OF CUM0
MAXIMUMCONflNUWS POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: I W X ELECTWUWAD: 16QATOTU
76 KMS, DECREASEM EACH IOW fl ABOVE 10000 fl EAPSONECSON
RATE OF CLIMB[mlsJ
0 2 4 8 8 10 12 14
1 0 W l ~ W . A ICNQB-A-1-MlZ84&S$-A41.1

- -
Gross Weight 2300 kg EAPS ON ECS ON - -
Document N0lOgM040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: I W K ELECTRICAL LOM: I50 A TOTIL
7!J KIA% DECREASEM EACH 1#)OR ABOVE IODOO fl EAPSONECSON
10OGiSBM001nv. A ICNOB-A~iSSKGGWi~AOi~i

- -
EASA Approved
Docunmnt No108G0040A014
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRW LOAD: IW A TOTU
7SKlAS,DECREASE2L(EACH1WOftU)OMlWOOfl EAPSONECSON
RATE OF CLIMB[MI
0 2 4 6 8 1 0 1 2 1 4
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
RATE OF CUMB [n/mln x 1001
1m1- w.A - A . l - M l ~ U ) l ~ l

- -
EASA Approved
A109s RFM Supplemnt 12
Document N0109GW40AO14
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR WEED: 100 K ELECTRICAL LOID: 1W A TOTAL
75 K I M , M C R E I S E 2kt EACH 1000 fl ABOVE 10000 ll EAPSONECBON

-
EASA Approved 1 4 12-06 Page 77 of 116
EAPS Optlonal Equlpmnt Supplements
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100% ELECTRCALW 1WA
76 DECREASE!& I 1000 fl ABOVE I O w O f l
EACH EIPBOFFECSOFF
RATE OF CUMB [tVmln X 1001
Figure 4-61 Rate of Climb at 2.5 Minute Power OEl

-
Page78of116 14-12-06 EASA Approved
RATE OF CUMB
ROTORSPEEmIWX ELECTRCAL LOID: 160 A
7s KIA$ DECREASE 2n EICH 1000 fl AMVE 10000n E I P S OFF ECS OFF
RATE OF CUMB [Rlmin x 1001
lOW1580M(Y m.A ICN~hlSMDOG-M1~AOI~l

-
-
EASA Approved
EAPS Optional Equlpment Supplements
Document Ne10!%X040AO14
RATE OF CUMB
2 5 Y N U E OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELECTRICALLOM: 150A
75KUS.OECREASEZLIEACHIWO(IABOVElDOOO~ EAPSOFFECGOFF
RATE OF CLIMB[dsl
RATE OF CUUB [Nmin x 100]

-Gross Weight 2900 kg EAPS OFF-
-
Page 80 of l l 6 161206
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICALWAD: 160 A
75 MS. DECREASE ZI,I EACH IWO n ABOVE 10000 n EIP8OFFECSOFF
10001SBOA004m.A ICN4B&16MMK1-Ml~A-Ol-l

-
-
Document N ' l ~ A 0 1 4
RATE OF CUMB
2.5 M l W E POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K UEC1RICU W m . 150A
76 KIM,DECREASE 216 EICH 1 0 tl~
ABOVE 10000f1 EAPSONECbOFF
RATE OF CUMB [MI

-2 -0 2 4 6 6 10
RATE OF CUMB [ W n x 1001
lOwt6(YurmnV A -A.l66mOG-1M~1~AOl.l

-
Page 82 of 116 14-12-08 EASA A ~ ~ r o v e d
Document N0109GO040A014
RATE OF CUM6
m m R WEED: iwx
m WAS, DECREASE 2n EACH loco n AWVE iwoo n
lOOGl6MMO(m. A EN98-A-l6Wm-GMl~~A4l1l

-
Gross Weight 2600 kg EAPS ON - -
EASA Approved
Supplement 12 A1O M RFM
EAPS Optlonal Equipment Supplenwnts
RATE OF CUYB
ROTOR SPEED: IW K ELECTRICALWAm I50 A
75l(USDECREASEMEACHIWORIBOVElWOOfi EIPBONECSOFF
RATE OF CLIMB[mfs]
RATE OF CUYB [ h i n x loo]
lOW16(1UOD( W .A ICNOBA-16WODG-kD(Z0QW'l%Ml-l

-
r)ptlonal Equlpment Supplements EAPS
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECmAL WAD: 160 A
75 KIAS,DECREASE M EACH 1000 U ABOVE IOOOOfl EAP8 ON EC8 OFF
RATE OF CLIMB[mls]
RATE OF CUM6 [Rlmln x 1001

-
-
EASA Approved 141206 Page 85 of I 1 6
EAPS Optlonal Equipment Supplenwnb
Documant N01OS00040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS POWER OH
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K E L E m A L U)*D: 160 A
7s KIM,DECREASE 2n EACH tooo n ABOVE ioooon UPSOREC~OFF
RATE OF CUM0 [ M n x 10q
Figure 4-69 Rate of Climb at Maximum Continuous Power OEl

-
EASA Approved
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICAL WAD: 150 A
TS KIA% DECREASE ?H EACH 1000 fi ABOVE 10000n EAPSOFFECSOFF
RATE OF CLIMB [dl
RATE OF CUM6 [ M l n x 1W]
lOWl68MMlm.A ICN~A.1SWOOGMl~EAOl11

-
~ S Approved
A 14-1206 Page 87 of 116
EAPS Optional Equipment Supplemnb
Document Nm1000OOIOA014
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR 8PEED:100 % ELECTRICAL LOM: 1WA
75lMS.aCREIsEMUCHlODOfiABOVElOOmfi EAPS O R ECS (WF
RATE OF CLIMB[m/s]
RATE OF CUYB [ M n x 100]
1 0 9 0 ? 6 ( a ~m.
~lA [ICKOB-A-16MOOQMl~-M)l11

-
Document N'109GOMOA014
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELECTRICALLOAD: 160 A
75 KIM, DECREASEZ L mcn
~ IWO n ABOVE iww n EAPSOFFECSOFF
10WlSmAaY m.A ICN-WA-lSWaWMl~TbAOl.1

-
EAPS Optlonai Equipment Supplements
RATE OF CUMB
MAXIMUM CONnNUOUS POWER OEl
ROTDRSPOED:100% ELECTWCM LOm 150 A
la KW, DECRE*~EM EACH 1000 n ABOVE 10a0~n EIPSOWECSOFF
RATE OF CLIMB [m/s]
RATE OF CUMB [ M i n x 1001
iOWt6*Yrm m.A I O l 4 E - A . i ~ M i ~ M n - i

-
EASA Approved
Document N'l09G0040A014
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRICALLOID: 1W A
75 K I M , DECREASE 2hi EACH 1000 (t ABOVE 10000fl EAPS ON EC8 OFF
RATE OF CLIMB [mls]

2 0 4 -2 -0 2 4 6 8 10
60
55
50
45
40
z
35 5
30
2-
G'
25 LU
S
20 ru
8
h
15
10
-10 -8 -8 4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
RATE OF CUM6 [ M l n x 1001
108015mAOo4 nv A 1CN.W.A 1 6 W M O U n 2 M D 6 1 1 0 M 1 1

-
Document Ne109G0040A014
RATE OF CUMB
MAXIMUMCONnNUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR *€Em 100 K ELECTRICAL LOID: I S 0 A
76 IMS, DECREASE21d EACH 1000 R ABOVE lOOmfi EIPBONECSOFF
RATE OF CUMB [Wmin x loo]

-Gross Weight 2900 kg EAPS ON -
EASA Approved
Document N'l OSGOO4OA014
RATE OF CLIMB
MAXIMUM CONllNUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECTRICALWAD: 150 A
75 KIM, DECREASE M EACH 1000 R ABOVE 10000 R U P S ON ECS OFF
100(11580M04 nv.A ICN-CSC16WMKI-Ml-A414

-
EASA Approved
Supplement 12 MOSS RFM
EAPS
EASA Approved
CARGO HOOK OPERATIONS (WITH EAPS)

rr
HOVER CEILING
OGE hover (60 Pt AGL) is possible for varying combinations of Pres-
sure Altitude and OAT with main rotor speed (NR) at 102% and zero
wind conditions.
Power (TOP) and Maximum Continuous Power (MCP) with EAPS
OFF and ON, and the ECS in OFF and ON conditions.
RATE OF CLIMB
The climb performance shown are based on flight test results at the
n Maximum Gross Weight of 3200 kg. The effect of the EAPS on rate of
Climb (ROC) is given for the All Engines Operating (AEO) case and
for the One Engine Inoperative (OEl) case.
the Take-Off Power (TOP) rating limit and at the Maximum Continuous
Power (MCP) rating limits, with EAPS OFF and ON, and the ECS in
OFF and ON conditions.
Power rating limits, with EAPS OFF and ON, and ECS OFF.
Each graph presents the information for a specific Gross Weight. On
each graph, additional information is provided relative to the applica-
ble engine power rating. Care should be taken to ensure that the cor-
rect graph is utilized in obtaining Rate of Climb data.
LI
EAPS

TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR WEED:IO% ELECTRICALLOAD: IW A ~ T A L

ZERO W W D EAPS O R ECS OFF
CIROQ HOoKOPEnAlmN
CAUTION: OOE HOVER OPERATIONMAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.
GROSS WEIGHT k g x 100]
-
EAPS OFF ECS OFF
-
- -
Page S6 of 116 14-12-08
Document No109GO040A014

TAKEQFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:lOZX ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTAL
ZERO WIND EAPS ON ECS O R
CARGO HOOK OPERA'flON
1 0 0 C i l rev.
~ A ICN.WS15M000-M1~.A4l11
--
-
EAPS ON ECS OFF
-
EAPS
HOVER CElUNa OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ROTORWEE~IOZK ELEClRlCMLO49: I W A I O T U
ZEROWD EIPBOFFEC80W
cARWmoPERAMm
100Gl680A004 w.A ICNQB-A-1-Ml-41.1
-
-
EAPS OFF- ECS ON
-
Page S8 of 116 14-12-06 EASA Approved

TAKE-Off POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED:IOZ% ELECTRICAL LOAD: 1.50 A TOTAL
ZERO WlND EIPSONECSON
CARGO HOOK OPERAllON
CAUTION: W E HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.
GROSS WEIGHT w g x 1001
-
EAPS ON ECS ON
-
-
-
EASA Approved
Document N'lOSG0040A014

Ro~BPEE~102% ELECTRICALW*D: I W A T O T U
DUIOWlllD EIPSoffECSoFF
cIR(IO HOOK OPERATKm
CAUTION: W E HOVER OPERATIONMAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.

GROSS WEKSHTflbx 1001
GROSS WEIGHT F g x 100]
- --
AEO EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
EASA Approved

ROTOR SPEED:IOZ% ELECTRICAL LOID: 150 A T O T U
ZERO WlND EAPS ON ECS O R
CARGO HOOK OPERATlON
100G1580M04nV.A ICN-OBA-15SW00-M1~A-O1~1
-
- -
AEO EAPS ON ECS OFF -
EASA Approved
Supphment 12 AlO9S RFM
EAPS Odlonal Eaulnmont S U D D I O I M ~ ~
HOVER CElUNG OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

MAXIMUM CONTlNUOUS POWER AEO
ROTOR S P E E R l W ELECTRICALL
O M 160 A TOTAL
ZE#) W D EIPSOFFECSQW
C A W HOOK OPERATION
lOWl6MMDI r u . A I C N O B A - l ~ M l ~ A O 1 - 1
- --
EASA Approved
AlWS RFM Supplement 12
Document NolWG0040A014

ROTOR SPEED:lOZK ELECTRICAL LOM: 160 A TOTAL
ZERO WND EAPSONECSON
CARGO HOOK O P E R I W N
CAUTION: OQE HOVER OPERATION MAY RESULT IN VIOLATION OF H-V.
-
Figure 4-84Hover Ceiling OGE at Maximum Continuous Power
- -
EAPS Optlonal Equlpment Supplements
Document Ne100Q0040A0l4
RATE OF CUM6
TAKEOFF POWER AEO
ROTORs#ED:lOO% EECWCAL LO^ 160 A ~ T M
m IOIB,#CREASE at EACH1000 nABOVE imoon EIPSORECSOFF
CIROO HOOK 0-rn
100016*IAOa(r.v.A i C N ~ ~ ~ s 6 m o Q M l ~ 1 - A O 1 ~ l
Figure 4-85 Rate of Climb at Take- Power AEO -

- -
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKEQFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICM LOAD: 150 A TOTU
75 MAS,DECREASE at EACH IOOO R ABOVE IWOOn EAPS ON ECS OR
C I R M HOOK OPERATWN
RATE OF CLIMB [rnls]
10W15WAaUrn.A I C N - O B ~ ~ ~ ~ W O G - M ~ ~ . A Q ~ Q ~ ~

- -
3 S A Approved 141246 Page 105 of 116
EAPS Optional Eaulment Su~~lements
RATE OF CLIMB
TAKE-OR POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELECTRICAL WID: 150A TOTU
76 KUS, DECREASE M EACH 10001 AEOVE 110001 EIPSOFFECSON
CARGO HOOK OPERATKm
RATE OF CLIMB[ds]
1OWl-m. A I C N O B I - l ~ l ~ A O 1 ~ 1
Figure 4-87 Rate of Climb at TakeMf Power AEO -

-
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS OFF ECS ON- -
EASA Approved
RATE OF CUMB
TAKE-OFF POWER AEO
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRICAL LOID: 150 A TOTAL
75 KIAS, DECREASE 2kt EACH lM0f i ABOVE 10000 ll EIPSONECSON
CARGO HOOK OPERAWN
RATE OF CUMB [Nmln x 1001
103Ql580W m.A ICKO&A-156tOl.Q-M12UCQ69+A0(-1

-
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS ON ECS ON- - -
W S Optional Equipment Supplements
RATE OF CUM6
ROlOROPEED:100% ELECTRICAL U)IID: IS0A TOTAL
75 I ( U DECREI~E
~ M EICH lamn ABOVE i m n EIPSORECBOFF
CAR30 HOOK O P E R A M
200 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
19
18
17
16
15
14
.- l3
1
:;
12
a
:
=
W 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-1
RATE OF CUW [Mnin x 1001
10W161DA001m A C N . W . A - 1 ~ l ~ A O l . l

- -
Grcws Weight 3200 kg EAPS OFF ECS OFF -
-
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICAL LOAD: 150 A TOTAL
76 1048,DECREASE2kl EACH 1000 11 A W E 10000 fl EAPS ON ECS O R
RATE OF CLIMB [m/s]
RATE OF CLIMB [Wmin x 1001
1083161DMOIlW. A ICNOBA1650(aG-Ml~AM~l

- -
-
EAPS
RATE OF CUMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 X ELECIRICMWAn I W A I O T U
7a 101~,
DECREISE 216 E*CH IWO 11ABOVE I W O O ~ EAPSOFFECSON
CIRDO HOOK OPERATION
RATE OF CUMB [ M i n x 1001

- -
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTRICALLOAD: 1m A TOTM
SKIAS, DECRWEZII~EICH I W O ~ A B O V E10000n EAPSOUECSON
CARGO HOOK OPEMTKlN
RATE OF CUM6 [ W i n x 1001
Figure 4-92 Rate of Climb at Maxlmum Continuous Power AEO -

-
EASA Approved 14-1246 Page 111 of116
Supplement 12 A1WS RFM
RATE OF CUYB
ROTORwEED:Im% ELECIWCM lam 1W A
76 KIA$, DECREASE21d EACH 1000 fl ABOVE 1QOOOR EAPSOFFECSOFF
C A R G O ~ O P E R I ~
10Wl- m.A ICN4BA-1660000-M1mMi.i I

- -
Gross Weight 3200 kg EAPS OFF ECS OFF - -
EASA Approved
Document N"109M040A014
RATE OF CLIMB
ROTOR SPEED: 100 % ELECTMCU LOID: 1W A
75 KIM,DECREASE 2hl EACH IDWfI ABOVE IwOOfl EAPS ON ECS OFF
4 6 8 1 0
60
55
50
45
40
x
35 5
9
30 $
a
25 ru
S
X
20 ru
E
15
10
-10 -8 -6 4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
RATE OF CUM6 [ M l n x 1001
109(115801W1nV. A ICN-0&A~156mDG.~1~AQ1~11

- -
EAPS Optlorul EqulpmantSuppkmnts
RATE OF CUM6
ROTOR SPEED: 100 K ELEClRICAL W*D: 1W A
n DECREASE M EACH 1000 IIABOVE ~WOOII EAPSOFFECSOFF
CIAOO HOOK O P E R A M

- -
Page 114 of116 14-12-08 EASA Approved
RATE OF CUM6
MAXIMUM COHnNUOUS POWER OEl
ROTOR SPEED: 1W X ELECTRICAL LOU): lSO A
75 KIM,DECREASE 21rl EACH imn ABOVE ioooo n EAPS ON ECS OFF

- -
EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM
-
No change.
-
Refer to the basic A109s RFM..
Optbnal Equipment Supplements M d n g Map
Document W100Qa040A014
MOVING MAP SYSTEM

SKYFORCE OBSERVER MK II
PIN 109-0812-38
I nls supplement shall be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

when the Moving Map System Skyforce Obsewer MK II is installed.
supplement. consult the basic Rotorcrafl Flight Manual.

Optional Equipment Supplements Movlng Map
MOVING MAP SYSTEM

SKYFORCE OBSERVER MK II
PIN 109-0812-38

when the Moving Map System Skyforce Observer MK II is installed.
ISSUE : 3 OCTOBER 2006

LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue 1 EASA Apprwed on behalf
EASA.RA.01369
EASA A-od
onkh.#ofANAC
Suppknwnt 13 AlOOS RFM
b i n 0Y~P 0ptlOcl.lEquipment Suppl~nenb
Document N8100000*OA014

Optional Equipment Supplements Moving Map
Document N0l09G0040A014
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION APPROVAL
SUWECT
No.
EASA.R.C.01699
dated 3 October 2006
-
EASA Approved
Moving Map Optional Equipment Supplements
EASA Approved
A I M RFM Suppkment13
Optlonel Equipment Suppkmenta Movlng Map


Page Revision N" Paw Revision No

'Title page 0
'A-1 and A-2
'B-1 and B-2
i thru iv
-
PART 1 EASA APPROVED
1 thru 5 of 6 0
-
60f6 0
Pink pages. ANAC only
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Movlng Map


Title page 0
A-1 and A-2 0
B-1 and 8-2 0
i thru iv 0
-
1 thru 5 o f 6 0
-
6 of 6 0
Movlng Map

Optional Equipment Supplements Mwlng Map
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL ............................................................................. 1 of 6
-
PLACARD .............................................................................. 2 of 6
-
SYSTEMS CHECK ................................................................. 3 of 6

n
IN FLIGHT .............................................................................. 4 of 6
SHUTDOWN ........................................................................... 4 of 6

PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 5 of 6
-
SECTION 4 PERFORMANCE DATA................................... 5 of 6
Moving Map Operational Equipment Supplement:
Docunwnt N'109GOOIOAO14
-
Page
-
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1-1 Cockpit Placard ...............................................2 of 6

Movlng Map Operational Equlpment Supplement
Documnt N~100GOO4OAO14

GENERAL
rn The Skyforce Observer MK II PIN 109-0812-38 is a GPS driven
detailed mapping system.
It provides the pilot, by means of a display, with a digital moving map
images and navigation data aids.
The Skyforce Observer MK II consists of:
- a processing unit;
- a control unit;
- a colour display.
Note
The GPS data are provided by the
NAVICOMIGPS #I Garmin GNS530.
-
TYPE OF OPERATION
Use of the Skyforce Observer MK II System is permitted only during
VFR operations with visual contact of the ground.
The navigation can not be based on the Skyforce Observer MK II System.

Supplement 13 A1OW3 RFM
Moving Map Optional Eaullnnsnt Suwlements
PLACARDS
DIGITAL MAP GENERATOR. USE ONLY DURING VFR OPERATION

WITH VISUAL CONTACT OF THE GROUND
Figure 1-1 Cockpit Placard
Page 2 of 6 OM046 EASA Approved

Optional Equipment Supplements Movlng Map
-
SYSTEMS CHECK
After both engine starting:
Skyforce Observer MK II Control : ON.

Unit Check that the POWER and
HDD lamps illuminate, and
that the TEMP lamp is OFF.
Note
The TEMP lamp is red to indicate "Too Hot"
and amber to indicate "Heater in Operation".
When the TEMP lamp is amber not all maps
are available.
When the TEMP lamp is red the system
shall be shutdown.
Skyforce Observer MK II display : Cany out the power-up

sequence until the MAIN
MENU page displays.
Select MAP key.
Note
The message NO FIX POSSIBLE appears if

the GPS has no fix valid data.
: Check the helicopter icon

appears in the center of the map
in the correct geographic posi-
tion.

Moving Map Optional Equipment Supplements
Document N o 1 ~ A 0 1 4
IN FLIGHT
Skyforce Observer MK II display :As required.
SHUTDOWN
After engines shutdown:
Skyforce Observer MK I1display : Go to MAIN MENU and cany out

the SHUT DOWN sequence.
Press YES key.
Note
The SHUT DOWN key must be used to shut
the system software down; it ensure that the
operating system and all data files are
stored and secured prior to the power down
of the Skyforce Observer MK II hardware.
: The system display will then

automatically switch to a black
screen indicating that it is now
safe to turn the system off.
Skyforce Observer MK II Control : Select OFF.
Unit
Check that LEDs extinguish.
Page 4 of 6 03-1008
Optional Equlpment Supplements Moving Map
Document N"l09G0040A014
-
(rr PROCEDURES
No change.
-
No change.

Moving Map Optlonai Equipment Supplements
Dowment N010SG0040A014
-
No change.
-
AIOBS RFM Supplement 14
Optlonal Equipment Supplements Skymtch System
SKYWATCH
TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM
SKY497
PIN 109-081239
This Supplement shalt be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

when the Skywatch Traffic Advisory System SKY497 is installed.

REVISION 1 : 27 SEPTEMBER 2007
Optional Equipment Supplements Skywatch System
SKYWATCH
TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM
SKY497
PIN 109-0812-39

when the Skywatch Traffic Advisory System SKY497 is installed.
ISSUE : 3 OCTOBER 2006

REVISION 1 : 12 FEBRUARY 2007
A1OgS RFM Suppkm(H1114
Optional Equfpment Suppletnenb Skywatch System
Document NO10000040AO14
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
- Issue 1 EASA Approved on behalf
EASA.R.A.01369
1 Revised pages Tltle page, A-1, E l , i, EASA Appro-& on behalf
ii and 1 thru 8 of 8. of ANAC with approval
EASA.R.A.01369
EASA Approvrd
am khaW of ANAC
A1005 RFM

Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Skywatch System
Document N0l0900040A014
LIST OF REVISIONS
REVISION
SUBJECT APPROVAL
No.
EASA.R.C.01698
dated 3 October 2006
1 Revised pages Title page. A-1. B-1, i, EASA Approval with
ii and 1 thru 8 of 8. EASA.R.C.01527
EASA Approved 03-10-06 A-I

Skywatch System Optional Equlpnnnt Supplements
Document Ne109G0040A014
EASA Approved
AlO9S RFM Suppkment 14
Optional Equlpnnnt Supplemmtr Skywatch Systom
Document No10BG0MOA014


Page Revision No Panr Revision No

*Tie page 1
'8-2 0
i and ii 1
-
lth~70f8 1
-
8and8of8 1
Suppknwnt 14 A100s RFM
skymtch Optlonrl Equlpmmt Suiupp~ntr
DocumrntN900Q0040A414

OpUonal Equlpment Supplements Skywatch System


Title page 1
A-1 1
A-2 0
B-1 1
8-2 0
i and ii 1
-
1 thru 7 of 8 1
-
8and8of8 1
Skywakh System Optional EuulpmrntSupplements

Document NO1MKi0040A014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
-
GENERAL .............................................................................. 1 of 8 1
-
..........................................................
I
TYPE OF OPERATION
'Of8
-
ENGINE START (NORMAL OR QUICK) ............................... 3 of 8
SYSTEMS CHECK .................................................................

3 of 8
SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH GNS 530............................ 3 of 8
SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH KMD 550 ........................... 4 of 8
TAKE-OFF .............................................................................. 6 of 8
SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH GNS 530............................ 6 of 8
SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH KMD 550 ........................... 6 of 8
IN FLIGHT .............................................................................. 7 of 8
-
PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 7 of 8
-
03-1046 I
Rev. 1
Skywatch System OperaUonal Equlpment Supplement:
-
Page 3
I -
11 03-1046
Rev. 1
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Skywatch System
GENERAL
The SKYWATCH TAS SKY497 PIN 109-0812-39 is an onboard traffic
advisory system which monitors a radius of nominally 6 NM around
the helicopter by interrogating any intruding aircraft transponder,
determinates if a potential conflict with other aircraft exists.
This is done by computing the relative range, altitude, bearing and clo-
sure rate of other transponder-equipped aircraft respect the helicopter.
The SKYWATCH system consists of the following items:
- TRC497 TIR computer;
- NY156 directional antenna.
The SKYWATCH system can provide the traffic information on the
Garmin GNS 530 display or on the multifunction display KMD 550
(refer to Supplement 6).
The system is interfaced with:
I
- Air Data Computer for the GNS 530;
- Altimeter for the KMD 550;
- directional gyro;
- Weight On Wheels switch;
- landing gear selector;
- IntercommunicationSystem.

Rev. 1
Supplement 14 AIWS RFM
Skywatch System Optional Equipment Supplements
Document N*100G0040A014
-
TYPE OF OPERATION
The TAS SKY497 can be used in VFR and IFR conditions as an aid to
( visually acquire traffic.
Note
The pilot must maneuver the aircraft based
only on ATC guidance or positive visual
acquisition of the conflicting traffic.
Maneuver must be consistent with ATC
instructions.
No maneuvers must be based only on a
Traffic Advisory.
ATC must be contacted for resolution on the
traffic conflict.

Rev. 1
-
ENGINE START (NORMAL OR QUICK)
Do not tum ON the Radio Master switch

before engine(s) starting to avoid damaging
the TAS SKY497 system.
SYSTEMS CHECK
SKY497 INTEGRATED WITH GNS 530
GNS 530 : Switch ON.

At the end of the start-up
sequence, select the TAS page.
GNS 530 : Press MENU pushbutton to dis-
play the Page Menu.
Select 'Self Test' and press ENT
pushbutton.
Verify that upon successful
completion of the self-test, the
audio message "TRAFFIC
ADVISORY SYSTEM TEST
PASSED" is heard and that the
display reverts to the stand-by
mode.
Note
If the self-test fails, the FAILED legend
appears on the screen and the audio mes-
sage "TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM TEST
FAILED" is heard.
EASA Approved 03-1006 P q e 3 of 8

Rev. 1
S m Sy.tsm Optlonal Equipment Supplements
Documant N'10000040A014
SKY497 INTEGRATED WITH KMD 550
Helicopters with the installation PIN 109-081259-159

KMD 550 : Switch ON.
At the end of the self-test, press
TRFC key and select 5nm
range. Check for TAS SBY
operating mode.
TAS TEST pushbutton : Press and verify that test screen
appears while self-test is in pro-
cess.
audio message 'TRAFFIC
ADVISORY SYSTEM TEST
PASSED" is heard and that the
mode.
Note
If the audio message "TRAFFIC ADVISORY
SYSTEM TEST FAILED" is heard and TAS
FAIL legend appears on the screen, push
the TEST button again. If the failure mes-
sages remain, check for the REPORTED
TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAILURES on the
TRFC page and refer to SKYWATCH pilot's
guide.
Page 4 of 8 034046
Rev. 1
Helicopters with the installation PIN 109081239-143

rn
\
KMD 550 : Switch ON.
At the end of the self-test, press
TRFC key and select 5nm
range. Check for TAS SBY
operating mode.
TAS TEST pushbutton : Press and verify that test screen
appears while self-test is in pro-
cess.
mode.
Note
If the TAS FAIL legend appears on the
screen, push the TEST button again. If the
failure message remains, check for the
REPORTED TRAFFIC SYSTEM FAILURES
on the TRFC page and refer to SKYWATCH
pilot's guide.

Rev. 1
AlOgS RFM
8J(Y;Y.tChSystem Optional Equlpment Supplements
TAKE-OFF
( SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH GNS 530
TAS SKY497 : Check on TAS page of GNS 530
that the SKY497 automatically
switches to OPER mode within
10 seconds from take-off.
SKY497 INTEGRATED WlTH KMD 550
ITAS SKY497 : Check TA ONLY mode is oper-

ating within 10 seconds from
take-off.
Page 6 of 8 03-1046
Rev. 1
Optlonal Equlpment Supplements Skyrmtch System
Document N'109G00*OA014
IN FLIGHT
/?
\
Do not attempt maneuvers based solely on

traffic information shown by SKY497.
Information on the display is provided to the
flight crew as an aid in visually acquiring
traffic; it is not a replacement for ATC and
See & Avoid techniques.
Note
When the SKYWATCH system is used and
a Traffic Alert is issued, scan outside for the
intruder aircraft, call ATC for guidance and, if
the traffic is visually acquired, use normal
procedures to maintain separation.
Note
When SKY497 shares the display with
GNS 530 or KMD 550 and the display is NOT
on the traffic page, if SKY497 generates a
Traffic Alert (TA), the Traffic Warning Window
is displayed.

PROCEDURES
No change.
-
No change.
EASA Approved 03-1006 Pq.7 01 8

Rev. 1
skyw--m Optional Equipment S u p p b n t s
Document N'1 OSGOO4OA014
-
No change.
-
Refer to the basic A1 09s RFM.
I Rev. 1 O3-I0*

Rotorcraft Flight Manual Optional Equipment Supplements

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rotorcraft Flight Manual Optional Equipment Supplements

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Al09S RFM OES

Approved by EASA on behalf of ANAC

Thls Rotorcraft Flight Manual is approved by EASA wlth Letter No.

Copy assigned to rotorcmfk SN 22056

ISSUE 1: 16 NOVEMBER 2005

M I S DOCUMENT MUST BE CARRIED IN AIRCRAFT AT ALL TIMES 1

Issued by Agusta S.p.A.

ISSUE 1: 1 JUNE 2005

Issued by Agusta S.p.A.

Added Supplement 12. EASA.R.A.01369

A-1, B-1 , 19 thru 26 of 28).

ix. xi and Supplement 7. EASA.R.C.02044

EASA Approved 0 1 4 6 4 5 A-1

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Paw Revision No Pw@ Revlsion No

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page Revision No Page Revision No

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

An operating procedure, practice, etc.,

An operating procedure, practice, etc.,

USE OF PROCEDURAL WORDS

* "Secured has been used to determine if the item under examination

CPA Closest Point of Approach

ISA International Standard Atmosphere

(S lVSl InstantaneousVertical Speed Indicator

010605 P.p. vii

PAM Power Assuranca Margin

VLE Maximum landing gear extented speed

VLO Maximum landing gear operating speed

VNE Velocity Never Exceed

Page Mil 0146-05

6 Multifunction Display 109-0813-16 All

This Page Intentionally Lefi Blank

OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT INCOMPATlBlLlTY

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Page xll 01-06-05

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM

This Supplement shall be attached to the A109S RFM (Section 5)

ISSUE : 16 NOVEMBER 2005

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM

This Supplement shall be attached to the AlO9S RFM (Section 5)

ISSUE : 1 JUNE 2005

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

NOTE: Revised text is indicated by a black vertical line in the outer

NOTE: The pink pages apply to ANAC registered A109S helicopters

Page Revlslon N" page Revlslon No

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Page Revision No Page Revision No

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

ENGINE PRESTART CHECK ........................................ 2 of 28

SYSTEM CHECK ...................................................................

ADVISORY CAPTION DEFINITIONS .................................... 4 of 28

ENGINE FAILURES ............................................................... 5 of 28

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ... 6 of 28

SECTION 6 -WEIGHT AND BALANCE ................................ 27 of 28

EASA Approved 014605 Page 1 of 28

ENGINE PRESTART CHECK